1 #LyX 1.6.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
68 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
69 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
73 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
74 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
75 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 arg "command-execute"
307 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
437 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 that will be created when using the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
482 \begin_inset Note Note
485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
494 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
495 More about TeX Code is described in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
506 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 \begin_layout Chapter
539 \begin_layout Section
540 Basic File Operations
544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
553 \begin_layout Standard
558 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
559 in addition to some more advanced operations:
562 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_inset Graphics
567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
575 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_inset Graphics
600 filename ../images/file-open.png
601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
761 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
764 \begin_layout Standard
785 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
790 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
815 will reload the document from disk.
816 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
817 and want to restore it to the last save.
826 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
827 can identify them as your changes.
830 \begin_layout Section
831 Basic Editing Features
835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
844 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
853 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
854 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
855 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
857 We'll start with cut and paste.
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 As you might expect, the
865 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
866 various other editing features.
867 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
871 \begin_layout Itemize
877 \begin_inset Graphics
878 filename ../images/cut.png
879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
886 \begin_layout Itemize
892 \begin_inset Graphics
893 filename ../images/copy.png
894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
901 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_inset Graphics
908 filename ../images/paste.png
909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
916 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_inset Graphics
951 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 The first three are self-explanatory.
962 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
963 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
972 keys also functions as the
977 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
978 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
983 to get back the lost text.
986 \begin_layout Standard
990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
996 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1016 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1033 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1037 \begin_inset space ~
1042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1043 will start a new paragraph.
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1092 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1097 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 button to skip the current word.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1132 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1134 If the toggle is set, searching for
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 will not match the word
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1161 Match whole words only
1163 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_layout Standard
1195 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1196 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1198 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1203 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1210 \begin_layout Section
1215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1234 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1243 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1249 or the toolbar button
1250 \begin_inset Graphics
1251 filename ../images/undo.png
1252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 to undo some mistake.
1257 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1262 or the toolbar button
1263 \begin_inset Graphics
1264 filename ../images/redo.png
1265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1285 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1294 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1295 This is a consequence of the 100
1296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1299 step undo limit, above.
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1311 work on almost everything in LyX.
1312 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1316 \begin_layout Section
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1331 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1334 \begin_layout Enumerate
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1344 once anywhere in the edit window.
1345 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1349 \begin_layout Enumerate
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1360 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1366 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1386 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1387 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1391 \begin_layout Enumerate
1396 \begin_layout Standard
1401 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1406 \begin_layout Section
1408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1410 name "sec:Navigating"
1418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1427 \begin_layout Standard
1428 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1431 \begin_layout Itemize
1436 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1437 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1440 \begin_layout Itemize
1443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1446 or the toolbar button
1447 \begin_inset Graphics
1448 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1449 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1456 \begin_layout Standard
1457 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1458 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1465 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1470 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1471 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1472 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1473 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1474 to the document, see
1475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1477 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1486 option sorts the current list, and the
1490 option keeps it in the current view state.
1491 Keeping means that when you have e.
1492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1496 \begin_inset space \space{}
1499 the subsections of section
1500 \begin_inset space ~
1503 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1507 3, the subsections of section
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1511 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1516 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1517 \begin_inset space ~
1523 \begin_layout Standard
1525 \begin_inset space \space{}
1529 \begin_inset Graphics
1530 filename ../images/down.png
1531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1536 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1541 \begin_inset space \space{}
1545 \begin_inset Graphics
1546 filename ../images/up.png
1547 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1552 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1556 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1558 So you can for example move section
1559 \begin_inset space ~
1563 \begin_inset space ~
1567 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1569 \begin_inset Graphics
1570 filename ../images/promote.png
1571 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1576 \begin_inset Graphics
1577 filename ../images/demote.png
1578 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1582 or the corresponding key bindings
1590 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1591 So you can for example make section
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1596 \begin_inset space ~
1600 \begin_inset space ~
1606 \begin_layout Section
1608 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1618 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1665 \begin_layout Standard
1666 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1668 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1669 is used to propose completions.
1672 \begin_layout Standard
1673 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1674 there are completions available.
1675 You can then press the
1679 key to use this completion.
1680 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1681 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1682 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1689 \begin_layout Standard
1690 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1692 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1695 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1697 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1700 by deselecting the option
1707 Automatic inline completion
1709 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1710 To accept this proposal, use the
1719 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1720 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1728 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1735 \begin_layout Section
1740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1813 \begin_layout Standard
1814 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1815 LyX's default is CUA.
1818 \begin_layout Standard
1822 \begin_inset space ~
1830 \begin_inset space ~
1851 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1855 \begin_layout Labeling
1856 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1860 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1861 LatexCommand nomenclature
1863 description "Tabulator key"
1869 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1870 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1871 \begin_inset space ~
1875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1877 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1884 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1888 , especially section
1889 \begin_inset space ~
1893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1895 reference "sub:Lists"
1901 If you're still confused, look in the
1908 \begin_layout Labeling
1909 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1913 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1914 LatexCommand nomenclature
1916 description "Escape key"
1923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1930 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1931 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1934 \begin_layout Labeling
1935 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1941 \begin_inset space ~
1945 \begin_inset space ~
1952 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1953 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1957 \begin_layout Standard
1958 There are three modifier keys:
1961 \begin_layout Labeling
1962 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1980 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1981 LatexCommand nomenclature
1983 description "Control key"
1987 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1988 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1992 \begin_layout Itemize
2001 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2004 \begin_layout Itemize
2013 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2016 \begin_layout Itemize
2025 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2029 \begin_layout Labeling
2030 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2048 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2049 LatexCommand nomenclature
2051 description "Shift key"
2055 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2056 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2059 \begin_layout Labeling
2060 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2078 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2079 LatexCommand nomenclature
2081 description "Alt or Meta key"
2085 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2086 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2087 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2093 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2095 menu accelerator keys
2098 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2099 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 For example, the sequence
2105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2111 \begin_inset space ~
2115 \begin_inset space ~
2121 \begin_inset space ~
2129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2152 \begin_inset space ~
2158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2168 \begin_layout Standard
2169 There are also other things bound to the
2173 key, but you'll have to check in the
2185 \begin_layout Standard
2186 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2187 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2188 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2189 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2190 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2191 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2192 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2193 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2209 followed by a capital
2216 \begin_layout Standard
2217 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2219 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2224 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2227 as explained in sec.
2228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2234 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2239 \begin_inset Formula \[
2247 \begin_layout Chapter
2252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2261 \begin_layout Section
2266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2275 \begin_layout Subsection
2279 \begin_layout Standard
2280 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2281 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2282 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2283 numbering schemes, and so on.
2284 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2285 and format the title of your document differently.
2288 \begin_layout Standard
2293 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2294 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2295 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2296 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2297 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2300 \begin_layout Standard
2301 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2302 how to adjust their properties.
2305 \begin_layout Subsection
2310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2319 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2326 \begin_layout Standard
2327 You can select a class using the
2329 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2343 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2347 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2351 \begin_layout Standard
2352 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2356 \begin_layout Description
2357 Article for basic articles
2360 \begin_layout Description
2361 Report for basic reports
2364 \begin_layout Description
2365 Book for writing a book
2368 \begin_layout Description
2369 Letter for US-style letters
2372 \begin_layout Standard
2373 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2375 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2376 can be found in chapter
2378 Special Document Classes
2387 \begin_layout Description
2388 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2391 \begin_layout Description
2398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2407 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2411 \begin_layout Description
2412 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2413 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2414 There are three article layouts available.
2415 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2416 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2417 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2418 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2423 sequential numbering
2424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2427 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2428 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2429 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2430 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2433 \begin_layout Description
2434 Beamer Layout for presentations
2437 \begin_layout Description
2438 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2439 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2443 \begin_layout Description
2445 \begin_inset space ~
2448 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2451 \begin_layout Description
2452 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2455 \begin_layout Description
2458 Die TeXnische Komödie
2460 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2463 \begin_layout Description
2464 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 Foils Used to make transparencies
2471 \begin_layout Description
2472 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2475 \begin_layout Description
2476 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2477 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2483 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2486 \begin_layout Description
2487 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2490 \begin_layout Description
2491 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2496 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2499 \begin_layout Description
2500 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2503 \begin_layout Description
2508 LaTeX document class
2511 \begin_layout Description
2512 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2515 \begin_layout Description
2520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2527 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2528 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2530 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2533 \begin_layout Description
2534 Slides Used to make transparencies
2537 \begin_layout Description
2539 \begin_inset space ~
2542 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2543 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2546 \begin_layout Description
2547 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2550 \begin_layout Description
2555 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2558 \begin_layout Standard
2559 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2561 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2566 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2567 of the document classes.
2570 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2591 \begin_layout Standard
2592 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2593 in the chosen document class.
2594 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2596 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2597 the corresponding module in the
2603 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2617 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2621 \begin_layout Standard
2622 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2630 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2631 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2639 \begin_layout Standard
2640 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2648 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2656 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2660 \begin_layout Standard
2661 Each class has a default set of options.
2662 Here's a quick table describing them:
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2672 \begin_layout Standard
2674 \begin_inset Tabular
2675 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2677 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2678 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2679 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2680 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3135 \begin_layout Standard
3136 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3142 \begin_layout Standard
3143 You're probably also wondering what
3144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3148 \begin_inset space ~
3152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3156 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3157 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3162 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3167 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3177 headings, there are also
3185 headings, and so on.
3186 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3187 \begin_inset space ~
3191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3193 reference "sub:Headings"
3200 \begin_layout Subsection
3202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3204 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3233 \begin_layout Standard
3234 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3236 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3247 \begin_inset space ~
3252 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3254 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3255 to use for your document.
3256 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3260 \begin_layout Standard
3267 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3273 \begin_inset space ~
3278 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3279 You can choose between the following five options:
3282 \begin_layout Labeling
3283 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3288 Use default page style of current class.
3291 \begin_layout Labeling
3292 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3297 No page numbers or headings.
3300 \begin_layout Labeling
3301 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3309 \begin_layout Labeling
3310 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3315 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3316 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3317 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3320 \begin_layout Labeling
3321 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3326 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3336 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3342 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3343 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3345 Check the documentation for the
3349 package for more details,
3350 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3364 of paragraphs is described in section
3365 \begin_inset space ~
3369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3371 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3378 \begin_layout Subsection
3379 Paper Size and Orientation
3383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3384 Document ! Paper size
3390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3392 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3399 \begin_layout Standard
3400 You'll find the following options in the menu
3403 \begin_inset space ~
3408 of the dialog of the
3410 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3428 \begin_layout Labeling
3429 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3433 \begin_inset space ~
3438 What size paper to print on.
3442 \begin_layout Itemize
3448 \begin_layout Itemize
3458 \begin_layout Itemize
3464 \begin_layout Itemize
3470 \begin_layout Itemize
3476 \begin_layout Itemize
3482 \begin_layout Itemize
3488 \begin_layout Labeling
3489 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3494 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3505 \begin_layout Labeling
3506 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3510 \begin_inset space ~
3515 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3516 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3519 \begin_layout Subsection
3521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3550 \begin_layout Standard
3551 Paper margins are set in the menu
3553 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3569 \begin_layout Standard
3570 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3571 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3572 the paper format and the font size into account.
3575 \begin_layout Subsection
3579 \begin_layout Standard
3580 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3585 That includes the paragraph environments.
3586 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3587 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3588 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3589 paragraph environments to
3593 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3594 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3595 the conversion and why it failed.
3598 \begin_layout Section
3599 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3604 Paragraph ! Indentation
3612 \begin_layout Subsection
3614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3616 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3623 \begin_layout Standard
3624 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3625 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3628 \begin_layout Standard
3629 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3630 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3631 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3632 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3636 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3642 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3643 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3644 language than English.
3645 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3648 \begin_layout Standard
3649 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3650 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3652 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3653 LyX takes care of that.
3654 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3656 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3657 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3658 of a page, and so on.
3662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3663 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3668 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3669 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3673 of these pre-coded spacings.
3674 We'll explain more later.
3677 \begin_layout Subsection
3678 Paragraph Separation
3682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3683 Paragraph ! Separation
3691 \begin_layout Standard
3692 To separate paragraphs, select
3703 \begin_inset space ~
3710 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3723 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3724 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3725 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3728 \begin_layout Standard
3738 \begin_layout Standard
3739 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3740 \begin_inset space ~
3744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3746 reference "cap:Units"
3751 The default length is 30
3752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3758 \begin_layout Subsection
3762 \begin_layout Standard
3763 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3766 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3768 \begin_inset space ~
3773 dialog and toggle the
3776 \begin_inset space ~
3781 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3782 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3783 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3787 \begin_layout Standard
3788 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3789 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3792 \begin_layout Subsection
3797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3798 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3806 \begin_layout Standard
3809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3825 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3828 \begin_inset space ~
3837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3838 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3847 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3852 installed to use this feature.
3860 \begin_layout Section
3861 Paragraph Environments
3862 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3864 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3873 Paragraph ! Environments
3882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3883 Paragraph environments|(
3891 \begin_layout Subsection
3895 \begin_layout Standard
3896 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3899 \begin_layout Standard
3918 \begin_inset Newline newline
3921 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3922 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3923 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3932 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3935 \begin_layout Standard
3936 A paragraph environment is simply a
3937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3944 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3945 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3946 scheme, labels, and so on.
3947 Additionally, you can
3948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3955 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3956 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3957 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3958 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3959 days of typewriters.
3960 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3962 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3965 \begin_layout Standard
3966 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3967 \begin_inset Graphics
3968 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3974 at the left end of the toolbar.
3975 LyX will change the environment of the
3979 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3980 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3981 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3985 \begin_layout Standard
3994 create a new paragraph using the
3998 paragraph environment.
4000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4007 because if you are in one of these environments:
4010 \begin_layout Itemize
4016 \begin_layout Itemize
4022 \begin_layout Itemize
4028 \begin_layout Itemize
4034 \begin_layout Itemize
4040 \begin_layout Itemize
4046 \begin_layout Itemize
4052 \begin_layout Standard
4053 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4057 , rather than resetting it to
4062 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4063 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4064 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4065 \begin_inset space ~
4069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4071 reference "sec:Nesting"
4076 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4081 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4082 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4086 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4092 \begin_layout Subsection
4096 \begin_layout Standard
4097 The default paragraph environment is
4102 It creates a plain paragraph.
4103 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4104 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4105 this manual) are in the
4112 \begin_layout Standard
4113 You can nest a paragraph using the
4117 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4125 \begin_layout Subsection
4130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4139 \begin_layout Standard
4140 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4149 for thanks or contact information.
4150 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4151 page along with today's date.
4152 For other types of documents, the title
4153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4160 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4164 \begin_layout Standard
4165 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4179 Here's how you use them:
4182 \begin_layout Itemize
4183 Put the title of your document in the
4190 \begin_layout Itemize
4191 Put the author name in the
4198 \begin_layout Itemize
4199 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4200 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4206 Note that using this environment is optional.
4207 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4208 If you don't want any date, add the line
4209 \begin_inset Newline newline
4219 \begin_inset Newline newline
4222 to the preamble of your document (menu
4224 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4230 \begin_layout Standard
4231 You can use footnotes to insert
4232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4239 or contact informations.
4242 \begin_layout Subsection
4247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4263 \begin_layout Standard
4264 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4265 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4268 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4274 Section headings ! Numbered
4282 \begin_layout Standard
4283 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4287 \begin_layout Enumerate
4293 \begin_layout Enumerate
4299 \begin_layout Enumerate
4305 \begin_layout Enumerate
4311 \begin_layout Enumerate
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4323 \begin_layout Enumerate
4329 \begin_layout Standard
4330 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4331 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4332 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4335 \begin_layout Standard
4336 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4337 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4338 You group the book into chapters.
4339 LyX does similar grouping:
4342 \begin_layout Itemize
4347 is divided in either
4358 \begin_layout Itemize
4370 \begin_layout Itemize
4382 \begin_layout Itemize
4394 \begin_layout Itemize
4406 \begin_layout Itemize
4418 \begin_layout Standard
4419 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4427 Not all document types use the
4431 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4436 is the top-level heading.
4444 \begin_layout Standard
4449 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4450 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4452 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4464 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4470 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4478 \begin_layout Standard
4479 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4483 \begin_layout Enumerate
4489 \begin_layout Enumerate
4495 \begin_layout Enumerate
4501 \begin_layout Enumerate
4507 \begin_layout Enumerate
4513 \begin_layout Standard
4515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4522 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4523 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4524 table of contents, see section
4525 \begin_inset space ~
4529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4538 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4539 Changing the Numbering
4540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4542 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4549 \begin_layout Standard
4550 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4551 in the Table of Contents.
4552 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4554 Certain classes start with
4568 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4578 This is something you can change.
4581 \begin_layout Standard
4584 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4604 \begin_inset space ~
4608 \begin_inset space ~
4613 you'll see two counters.
4618 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4620 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4624 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4625 Short Titles of Headings
4629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4630 Section headings ! Short titles
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4648 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4656 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4657 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4658 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4659 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4663 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4664 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4665 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4666 To specify a short title, use the menu
4668 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4670 \begin_inset space ~
4676 This will insert a box labeled
4677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4692 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4693 This also works for captions inside floats.
4696 \begin_layout Standard
4697 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4700 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4704 \begin_layout Standard
4705 The following information applies to all section headings:
4708 \begin_layout Itemize
4709 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4712 \begin_layout Itemize
4713 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4716 \begin_layout Itemize
4717 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4720 \begin_layout Itemize
4721 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4724 \begin_layout Subsection
4725 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4728 \begin_layout Standard
4729 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4743 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4744 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4745 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4746 the text they contain.
4747 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4755 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4758 \begin_layout Standard
4759 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4768 when you start a new paragraph.
4769 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4773 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4774 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4775 to change back to the
4779 environment yourself.
4782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4811 \begin_layout Standard
4812 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4813 time for the differences.
4822 are identical except for one difference:
4826 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4835 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4838 \begin_layout Standard
4839 Here's an example of the
4852 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4854 See -- no indentation!
4858 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4859 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4860 the other paragraph.
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4864 Here's another example, this time in the
4871 \begin_layout Quotation
4877 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4878 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4879 the first line, then
4883 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4887 you were quoting other text.
4890 \begin_layout Quotation
4891 Here's a new paragraph.
4892 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4893 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4896 \begin_layout Standard
4897 As the examples show,
4901 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4902 They should put quotes in the
4907 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4911 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4914 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4951 \begin_layout Standard
4956 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4962 \begin_inset Newline newline
4965 Which I did not rehearse!
4969 It could be much worse.
4970 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4972 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4973 indented a bit more than the first.
4974 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4980 \begin_inset Newline newline
4983 And make things look fine
4984 \begin_inset Newline newline
4990 arg "newline-insert newline"
4996 \begin_layout Standard
5001 does not indent both margins.
5002 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5003 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5010 arg "newline-insert newline"
5016 \begin_layout Subsection
5021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5037 \begin_layout Standard
5038 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5048 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5057 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5058 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5059 some general features of all four of them.
5062 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5066 \begin_layout Standard
5067 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5069 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5078 reset the environment to
5082 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5083 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5084 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5088 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5091 to break paragraphs.
5094 \begin_layout Standard
5095 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5096 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5098 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5099 you read all of section
5100 \begin_inset space ~
5104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5106 reference "sec:Nesting"
5114 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5139 \begin_layout Standard
5140 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5144 paragraph environment.
5145 It has the following properties:
5148 \begin_layout Itemize
5149 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5153 \begin_layout Itemize
5154 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5157 \begin_layout Itemize
5158 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5162 \begin_layout Itemize
5163 The items can have any length.
5164 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5165 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5172 \begin_layout Itemize
5177 environment inside another
5181 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5185 \begin_layout Itemize
5186 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5189 \begin_layout Itemize
5190 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5193 \begin_layout Itemize
5195 \begin_inset space ~
5199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5201 reference "sec:Nesting"
5205 for a full explanation of nesting.
5209 \begin_layout Standard
5210 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5219 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5222 \begin_layout Standard
5223 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5224 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5225 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5228 \begin_layout Itemize
5229 The label for the first level
5233 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5237 \begin_layout Itemize
5238 The label for the second level is a dash.
5242 \begin_layout Itemize
5243 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5247 \begin_layout Itemize
5248 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5252 \begin_layout Itemize
5253 Back out to the third level.
5257 \begin_layout Itemize
5258 Back to the second level.
5262 \begin_layout Itemize
5263 Back to the outermost level.
5266 \begin_layout Standard
5267 These are the default labels for an
5272 You can customize these labels in the
5274 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5277 dialog in the submenu
5287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5296 \begin_layout Standard
5297 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5298 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5300 \begin_inset space ~
5304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5306 reference "sec:Nesting"
5313 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5329 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5331 name "sec:Enumerate"
5338 \begin_layout Standard
5343 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5344 It has these properties:
5347 \begin_layout Enumerate
5348 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5352 \begin_layout Enumerate
5353 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5357 \begin_layout Enumerate
5358 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5361 \begin_layout Enumerate
5366 environment resets the counter to one.
5369 \begin_layout Enumerate
5382 \begin_layout Enumerate
5383 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5384 Items can have any length.
5387 \begin_layout Enumerate
5388 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5391 \begin_layout Enumerate
5392 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5395 \begin_layout Enumerate
5396 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5400 \begin_layout Standard
5409 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5410 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5417 \begin_layout Enumerate
5418 The first level of an
5422 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5426 \begin_layout Enumerate
5427 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5431 \begin_layout Enumerate
5432 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5436 \begin_layout Enumerate
5437 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5440 \begin_layout Enumerate
5441 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5446 \begin_layout Enumerate
5447 Back to the third level
5451 \begin_layout Enumerate
5452 Back to the second level.
5456 \begin_layout Enumerate
5457 Back to the outermost level.
5460 \begin_layout Standard
5461 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5466 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5471 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5475 \begin_layout Standard
5476 There is more to nesting
5480 environments than we've stated here.
5481 You should read section
5482 \begin_inset space ~
5486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5488 reference "sec:Nesting"
5492 to learn more about nesting.
5495 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5513 \begin_layout Standard
5514 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5518 list has no fixed label.
5519 Instead, LyX uses the first
5520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5527 of the first line as the label.
5531 \begin_layout Description
5532 Example: This is an example of the
5539 \begin_layout Standard
5540 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5544 \begin_layout Standard
5546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5553 it is meant that the first hit of the
5557 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5559 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5567 arg "space-insert protected"
5572 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5573 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5575 \begin_inset space ~
5581 \begin_inset space ~
5585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5587 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5591 for more info.) Here is an example:
5594 \begin_layout Description
5596 \begin_inset space ~
5599 Example: This one shows how to use a
5602 \begin_inset space ~
5614 \begin_layout Description
5615 Usage: You should use the
5619 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5620 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5622 It's not a good idea to use a
5626 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5627 You're better off using
5639 paragraphs into them.
5642 \begin_layout Description
5643 Nesting: You can nest
5647 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5651 \begin_layout Standard
5652 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5653 them from the first line.
5656 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5674 \begin_layout Standard
5679 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5683 \begin_layout Standard
5692 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5693 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5696 \begin_layout Labeling
5697 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5699 \begin_inset space ~
5702 labels LyX uses the first
5703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5710 of each line as the item label.
5715 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5716 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5717 blank as described above.
5720 \begin_layout Labeling
5721 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5722 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5723 the body of the item text.
5724 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5725 label width plus a little extra space.
5729 \begin_layout Labeling
5730 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5732 \begin_inset space ~
5735 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5737 If the label width is larger, the label
5738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5745 into the first line.
5746 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5747 margin of the rest of the item text.
5750 \begin_layout Labeling
5751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5753 \begin_inset space ~
5756 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5761 environment have the same left margin.
5762 \begin_inset Newline newline
5765 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5768 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5770 \begin_inset space ~
5779 \begin_inset space ~
5784 determines the default label width.
5785 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5794 multiple times instead.
5795 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5804 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5807 \begin_inset space ~
5812 every time you alter a label in a
5817 \begin_inset Newline newline
5820 The predefined default width is the length of
5821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5830 \begin_inset Newline newline
5834 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5842 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5843 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5851 \begin_layout Standard
5856 environment the same way like the
5860 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5866 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5870 \begin_layout Standard
5875 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5877 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5879 \begin_inset space ~
5883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5885 reference "sec:Nesting"
5889 to learn about nesting.
5892 \begin_layout Standard
5893 There is yet another feature of the
5897 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5899 You can use additional
5903 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5908 are documented in section
5909 \begin_inset space ~
5913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5915 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5920 Here are some examples:
5923 \begin_layout Labeling
5924 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5925 Left The default for
5932 \begin_layout Labeling
5933 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5934 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5941 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5944 \begin_layout Labeling
5945 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5946 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5950 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5957 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5960 \begin_layout Subsection
5965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5982 \begin_inset space ~
5990 \begin_layout Standard
5991 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5999 \begin_inset space ~
6005 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6006 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6007 In contrast, you can use the
6014 \begin_inset space ~
6019 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6020 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6024 \begin_layout Standard
6025 Of course, you're not limited to using
6032 \begin_inset space ~
6041 \begin_inset space ~
6046 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6047 some European academic papers.
6050 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6054 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6061 \begin_layout Standard
6066 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6067 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6071 \begin_inset space ~
6076 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6077 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6078 Here's an example of each:
6081 \begin_layout Right Address
6083 \begin_inset Newline newline
6087 \begin_inset Newline newline
6091 \begin_inset Newline newline
6094 When is it? What is today?
6097 \begin_layout Standard
6101 \begin_inset space ~
6107 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6108 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6109 Here's an example of the
6116 \begin_layout Address
6118 \begin_inset Newline newline
6121 Where do I send this
6122 \begin_inset Newline newline
6125 Your post office and country
6128 \begin_layout Standard
6129 As you can see, both
6136 \begin_inset space ~
6141 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6146 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6152 This makes sense, since
6160 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6161 Thus, you have to use
6168 arg "newline-insert newline"
6174 \begin_inset space ~
6177 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6179 \begin_inset space ~
6188 menu) to start a new line in an
6195 \begin_inset space ~
6203 \begin_layout Subsection
6207 \begin_layout Standard
6208 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6209 or list of references.
6210 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6213 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6229 \begin_layout Standard
6234 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6235 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6236 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6237 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6241 in anything else or vice versa.
6247 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6248 The book document classes ignores the
6252 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6256 in a letter document class.
6259 \begin_layout Standard
6264 environment does several things for you.
6265 First, it puts the centered label
6266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6274 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6276 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6277 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6278 the subsequent text.
6279 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6280 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6283 \begin_layout Standard
6284 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6288 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6289 The new paragraph will still be in the
6294 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6295 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6298 \begin_layout Standard
6299 \begin_inset Float figure
6304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6306 \begin_inset Graphics
6307 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6316 \begin_inset Caption
6318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6321 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6342 \begin_layout Standard
6343 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6347 environment, but since this document is in the
6348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6355 class, we can't do this.
6356 We inserted it therefore as figure
6357 \begin_inset space ~
6361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6363 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6368 If you've never heard of an
6369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6376 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6379 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6397 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6404 \begin_layout Standard
6409 environment is used to list references.
6410 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6411 only use it at the end of the document.
6416 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6419 \begin_layout Standard
6420 When you first open a
6424 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6440 depending on the document class.
6441 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6442 Each paragraph of the
6446 environment is a bibliography entry.
6451 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6452 Each new paragraph is still in the
6459 \begin_layout Standard
6460 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6461 by using a BibTeX database.
6462 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6463 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6464 \begin_inset space ~
6468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6470 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6477 \begin_layout Subsection
6484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6485 Paragraph ! LyX code
6491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6500 \begin_layout Standard
6505 environment is another LyX extension.
6506 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6511 key as a fixed whitespace;
6515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6527 \begin_inset space ~
6532 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6537 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6538 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6541 arg "newline-insert newline"
6558 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6559 So, when you finish using the
6563 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6564 Also, you can nest the
6568 environment inside of others.
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6575 \begin_layout Itemize
6579 arg "newline-insert newline"
6582 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6583 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6587 \begin_inset space ~
6597 arg "newline-insert newline"
6603 \begin_layout Itemize
6607 arg "newline-insert newline"
6618 \begin_layout Itemize
6623 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6630 \begin_layout Itemize
6634 arg "space-insert protected"
6641 \begin_layout Itemize
6642 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6643 You must put at least one
6647 in any line you want blank.
6648 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6651 \begin_layout Itemize
6652 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6656 since that will insert
6661 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6664 arg "self-insert \""
6670 \begin_layout Standard
6674 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6678 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6682 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6686 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6690 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6691 printf("Hello World!
6696 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6700 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6704 \begin_layout Standard
6705 This is just the standard
6706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6717 \begin_layout Standard
6722 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6723 rc-files, and so on.
6724 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6725 as if you used a typewriter.
6729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6730 Paragraph environments|)
6738 \begin_layout Section
6739 Nesting Environments
6743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6744 Nesting ! Environments
6750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6759 \begin_layout Subsection
6763 \begin_layout Standard
6764 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6766 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6768 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6770 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6782 \begin_layout Enumerate
6786 \begin_layout Enumerate
6791 \begin_layout Enumerate
6795 \begin_layout Enumerate
6800 \begin_layout Enumerate
6804 \begin_layout Standard
6805 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6806 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6809 \begin_inset space ~
6813 \begin_inset space ~
6821 \begin_inset space ~
6825 \begin_inset space ~
6834 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6835 will tell you how far you are nested).
6836 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6837 \begin_inset Graphics
6838 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6843 \begin_inset Graphics
6844 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6848 or the convenient key bindings
6859 arg "depth-increment"
6865 arg "depth-decrement"
6868 to change the nesting level.
6869 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6870 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6874 \begin_layout Standard
6875 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6876 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6877 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6878 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6881 \begin_layout Standard
6882 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6883 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6885 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6888 \begin_layout Subsection
6889 What You Can and Can't Nest
6892 \begin_layout Standard
6893 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6894 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6897 \begin_layout Standard
6898 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6899 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6900 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6903 \begin_layout Itemize
6904 Completely unnestable
6907 \begin_layout Itemize
6908 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6909 other things inside of them.
6912 \begin_layout Itemize
6913 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6917 \begin_layout Standard
6918 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6919 environments have them:
6922 \begin_layout Description
6923 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6924 Can't nest into them.
6928 \begin_layout Itemize
6934 \begin_layout Itemize
6940 \begin_layout Itemize
6946 \begin_layout Itemize
6952 \begin_layout Itemize
6959 \begin_layout Description
6961 \begin_inset space ~
6964 Nestable You can nest them.
6965 You can nest other things into them.
6969 \begin_layout Itemize
6975 \begin_layout Itemize
6981 \begin_layout Itemize
6987 \begin_layout Itemize
6993 \begin_layout Itemize
6999 \begin_layout Itemize
7005 \begin_layout Itemize
7011 \begin_layout Itemize
7018 \begin_layout Description
7019 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
7020 You can't nest anything into them.
7024 \begin_layout Itemize
7030 \begin_layout Itemize
7036 \begin_layout Itemize
7042 \begin_layout Itemize
7048 \begin_layout Itemize
7054 \begin_layout Itemize
7060 \begin_layout Itemize
7066 \begin_layout Itemize
7072 \begin_layout Itemize
7078 \begin_layout Itemize
7084 \begin_layout Itemize
7090 \begin_layout Itemize
7096 \begin_layout Itemize
7102 \begin_layout Itemize
7106 \begin_inset space ~
7112 \begin_layout Itemize
7119 \begin_layout Standard
7120 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7128 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7137 \begin_inset space ~
7141 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7145 \begin_inset space \space{}
7148 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
7149 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
7150 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
7158 \begin_layout Subsection
7159 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7164 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7172 \begin_layout Standard
7173 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7174 affected by nesting anyhow.
7178 \begin_layout Itemize
7182 \begin_layout Itemize
7186 \begin_layout Itemize
7190 \begin_layout Standard
7192 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7200 Figures and tables in
7204 are not affected by this.
7209 Have a look at section
7210 \begin_inset space ~
7214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7216 reference "sec:Floats"
7220 for more informations about
7227 \begin_layout Standard
7228 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7229 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7233 \begin_layout Standard
7234 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7242 of its own, it behaves just like a
7243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7250 paragraph environment.
7251 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7255 \begin_layout Standard
7256 Here's an example with a table:
7259 \begin_layout Enumerate
7264 \begin_layout Enumerate
7265 This is (a) and it's nested.
7269 \begin_layout Standard
7270 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7276 \begin_layout Standard
7278 \begin_inset Tabular
7279 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7281 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7282 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7366 \begin_layout Standard
7367 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7374 \begin_layout Enumerate
7376 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7380 \begin_layout Enumerate
7384 \begin_layout Standard
7385 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7388 \begin_layout Enumerate
7393 \begin_layout Enumerate
7394 This is (a) and it's nested.
7398 \begin_layout Standard
7399 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7405 \begin_layout Standard
7407 \begin_inset Tabular
7408 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7410 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7411 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7495 \begin_layout Standard
7496 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7502 \begin_layout Enumerate
7509 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7512 \begin_layout Enumerate
7516 \begin_layout Standard
7517 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7521 \begin_layout Standard
7522 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7524 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7527 \begin_layout Enumerate
7532 \begin_layout Enumerate
7533 This is (a) and it's nested.
7536 \begin_layout Standard
7537 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7543 \begin_layout Standard
7545 \begin_inset Tabular
7546 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7548 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7549 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7633 \begin_layout Standard
7634 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7640 \begin_layout Enumerate
7642 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7650 \begin_layout Enumerate
7654 \begin_layout Standard
7655 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7661 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7662 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7666 \begin_layout Subsection
7667 Usage and General Features
7670 \begin_layout Standard
7671 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7680 is the innermost possible depth.
7681 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7684 \begin_layout Enumerate
7685 level #1 - outermost
7689 \begin_layout Enumerate
7694 \begin_layout Enumerate
7699 \begin_layout Enumerate
7704 \begin_layout Itemize
7709 \begin_layout Itemize
7718 \begin_layout Standard
7719 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7720 both of them in the example.
7721 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7731 For example, if we tried to nest another
7736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7746 \begin_layout Subsection
7751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7760 \begin_layout Standard
7761 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7762 We have several examples of nested environments.
7763 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7767 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7768 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7771 \begin_layout Labeling
7772 \labelwidthstring MMM
7773 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7782 \begin_layout Labeling
7783 \labelwidthstring MMM
7784 #2-a This is level #2.
7785 We created it by using
7788 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7794 arg "depth-increment"
7801 \begin_layout Labeling
7802 \labelwidthstring MMM
7803 #3-a This is level #3.
7804 This time, we just hit
7811 arg "depth-increment"
7815 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7819 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7825 arg "depth-increment"
7832 \begin_layout Standard
7837 environment, nested inside of
7838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7846 So, it's at level #4.
7847 We did this by hitting
7850 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7856 arg "depth-increment"
7859 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7864 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7880 \begin_layout Standard
7885 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7888 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7894 \begin_layout Labeling
7895 \labelwidthstring MMM
7896 #4-a This is level #4.
7900 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7903 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7908 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7912 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7917 keep nesting things inside of
7918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7929 \begin_layout Labeling
7930 \labelwidthstring MMM
7931 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7936 \begin_layout Labeling
7937 \labelwidthstring MMM
7938 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7939 and this is level #6.
7940 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7944 \begin_layout Labeling
7945 \labelwidthstring MMM
7946 #5-b Back to level #5.
7950 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7956 arg "depth-decrement"
7963 \begin_layout Labeling
7964 \labelwidthstring MMM
7968 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7974 arg "depth-decrement"
7977 , we're back at level #4.
7981 \begin_layout Labeling
7982 \labelwidthstring MMM
7983 #3-b Back to level #3.
7984 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7988 \begin_layout Labeling
7989 \labelwidthstring MMM
7990 #2-b Back to level #2.
7995 \begin_layout Labeling
7996 \labelwidthstring MMM
7997 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7998 After this sentence, we'll hit
8002 and change the paragraph environment back to
8009 \begin_layout Standard
8010 We could have also used the
8026 environment in place of the
8031 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8034 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8035 Example 2: Inheritance
8038 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8039 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8042 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8051 arg "depth-increment"
8054 , after which, we'll change to the
8062 \begin_layout Enumerate
8067 environment, at level #2.
8070 \begin_layout Enumerate
8071 Notice how the nested
8075 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8079 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8083 \begin_layout Standard
8084 We ended this example by hitting
8089 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8093 and resetting the nesting depth by using
8096 arg "depth-decrement"
8102 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8103 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8116 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8124 \begin_layout Enumerate
8125 This is level #1, in an
8129 paragraph environment.
8130 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8134 \begin_layout Enumerate
8139 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8145 arg "depth-increment"
8149 Now, what happens if we nest an
8153 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8154 label be? An asterisk?
8158 \begin_layout Itemize
8168 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8169 So, its label is a bullet.
8170 (We got here by using
8173 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8179 arg "depth-increment"
8182 , then changing the environment to
8190 \begin_layout Itemize
8191 Here's level #4, produced using
8194 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8200 arg "depth-increment"
8204 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8209 \begin_layout Enumerate
8210 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8212 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8217 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8221 , because we are in the
8230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8249 \begin_layout Enumerate
8254 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8255 type of numbering does LyX use?
8258 \begin_layout Enumerate
8259 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8262 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8265 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8268 \begin_layout Enumerate
8272 arg "depth-decrement"
8275 to decrease the depth after the next
8278 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8285 \begin_layout Enumerate
8287 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8291 \begin_layout Enumerate
8293 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8294 numeral as the label.Why?
8297 \begin_layout Enumerate
8298 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8307 Notice, however, that LyX
8311 reset the counter for the label.
8315 \begin_layout Enumerate
8319 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8325 arg "depth-decrement"
8328 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8329 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8330 into the twofold-nested
8338 \begin_layout Enumerate
8339 The same thing happens if we do another
8342 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8348 arg "depth-decrement"
8351 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8355 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8360 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8374 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8380 The same rule applies for the
8384 environment, as well.
8387 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8388 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8391 \begin_layout Enumerate
8392 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8393 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8394 same detail with how we did it.
8403 \begin_layout Standard
8411 arg "depth-increment"
8418 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8419 example in parentheses someplace.
8420 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8421 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8422 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8426 \begin_layout Enumerate
8431 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8436 Now we'll add verse.
8437 \begin_inset Newline newline
8440 It will get much worse.
8441 \begin_inset Newline newline
8451 arg "depth-increment"
8462 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8463 \begin_inset Newline newline
8466 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8467 \begin_inset Newline newline
8473 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8486 \begin_layout Standard
8487 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8493 \begin_layout Standard
8495 \begin_inset Tabular
8496 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8498 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8499 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8588 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8598 arg "depth-increment"
8604 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8614 arg "depth-decrement"
8621 \begin_layout Enumerate
8626 : level #1) This is another item.
8627 Note that selecting a
8631 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8632 3 times to put the table inside the
8640 \begin_layout Quotation
8641 We're now ending the
8645 list and changing to
8650 We're still at level #1.
8651 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8652 The next set of paragraphs is a
8653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8667 \begin_inset space ~
8672 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8676 for the letter body.
8680 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8683 to preserve the depth.
8684 Remember that you need to use
8687 arg "newline-insert newline"
8690 to create multiple lines inside the
8697 \begin_inset space ~
8707 \begin_layout Right Address
8709 \begin_inset Newline newline
8712 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8713 \begin_inset Newline newline
8719 \begin_layout Address
8721 \begin_inset space ~
8727 \begin_layout Quotation
8728 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8729 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8732 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8733 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8734 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8735 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8736 as soon as possible.
8737 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8740 \begin_layout Quotation
8741 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8742 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8743 with your order, along with payment.
8746 \begin_layout Quotation
8747 We thank you again for your patience.
8750 \begin_layout Address
8752 \begin_inset Newline newline
8759 \begin_layout Quotation
8760 That ends that example!
8763 \begin_layout Standard
8764 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8765 just a few keystrokes.
8766 We could have easily nested an
8787 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8790 \begin_layout Section
8791 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8804 \begin_layout Standard
8805 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8806 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8807 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8808 be broken at the end of a line.
8809 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8813 \begin_layout Subsection
8815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8817 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8834 \begin_layout Standard
8835 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8837 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8841 Further documentation is given in section
8842 \begin_inset Newline newline
8846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8848 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8856 \begin_layout Standard
8857 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8872 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8881 A protected space is set with
8883 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8884 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8888 \begin_inset space ~
8898 arg "space-insert protected"
8904 \begin_layout Subsection
8906 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8908 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8917 Spacing ! Horizontal
8925 \begin_layout Standard
8926 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8928 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8929 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8933 The length units are listed in Appendix
8934 \begin_inset space ~
8938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8940 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8947 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8951 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8968 \begin_layout Standard
8970 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8974 \begin_inset space \space{}
8977 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8978 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8979 \begin_inset space ~
8983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8985 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8990 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8991 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8994 arg "space-insert normal"
9000 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9004 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9021 \begin_layout Standard
9023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9030 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9039 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9040 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9041 inside abbreviations:
9046 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9050 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9053 \begin_layout Standard
9054 or between values and units.
9055 Compare for example this:
9056 \begin_inset Newline newline
9060 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 \begin_inset Newline newline
9070 \begin_layout Standard
9071 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9073 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9074 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9076 \begin_inset space ~
9084 arg "space-insert thin"
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9094 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9101 \begin_layout Standard
9102 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9105 \begin_layout Description
9107 \begin_inset space ~
9111 \begin_inset space ~
9115 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9119 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9123 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9126 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9129 \begin_layout Description
9131 \begin_inset space ~
9135 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9139 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9143 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9147 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9151 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9154 em) space between the arrows.
9157 \begin_layout Description
9159 \begin_inset space ~
9163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9167 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9171 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9175 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 \begin_inset space ~
9183 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9186 em) space between the arrows.
9189 \begin_layout Description
9191 \begin_inset space ~
9195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9199 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9203 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9207 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9211 \begin_inset space ~
9215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9218 em) space between the arrows.
9221 \begin_layout Description
9223 \begin_inset space ~
9227 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9231 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9236 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9243 cm space between the arrows.
9246 \begin_layout Standard
9248 \begin_inset space ~
9252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9254 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9258 lists the different space sizes.
9261 \begin_layout Standard
9262 \begin_inset Float table
9267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9269 \begin_inset Caption
9271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9274 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9278 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9288 \begin_inset Tabular
9289 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9291 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9292 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9332 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9356 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9419 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9447 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9460 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9509 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9527 \begin_layout Standard
9528 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9529 in a uniform fashion.
9530 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9531 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9532 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9533 equally between themselves.
9537 \begin_layout Standard
9538 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9543 This is on the left side
9544 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9547 This is on the right
9553 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9557 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9566 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9570 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9574 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9580 \begin_layout Standard
9581 That was an example in the
9587 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9591 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9595 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9598 is one in a standard paragraph.
9599 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9603 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9606 \begin_layout Standard
9607 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9610 \begin_inset space ~
9615 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9618 \begin_layout Standard
9620 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9624 \begin_inset space ~
9630 \begin_layout Standard
9632 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9636 \begin_inset space ~
9642 \begin_layout Standard
9644 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9648 \begin_inset space ~
9654 \begin_layout Standard
9656 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9660 \begin_inset space ~
9666 \begin_layout Standard
9668 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9672 \begin_inset space ~
9678 \begin_layout Standard
9680 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9684 \begin_inset space ~
9690 \begin_layout Standard
9691 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9699 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9703 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9704 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9705 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9709 option in the space dialog.
9717 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9731 \begin_layout Standard
9732 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9738 \begin_inset space \space{}
9741 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9744 \begin_layout Standard
9745 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9748 What is correct English?:
9749 \begin_inset Newline newline
9753 \begin_inset Newline newline
9757 \begin_inset space ~
9760 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9761 \begin_inset Newline newline
9768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9779 \begin_inset Newline newline
9786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9797 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9803 \begin_layout Standard
9804 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9809 \begin_inset space ~
9813 \begin_inset space ~
9817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9821 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9833 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9839 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9843 for more information about TeX-Code.
9849 In our case write the command
9856 (note the space after
9857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9864 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9865 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9866 That is why it is named
9867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9879 There exists also the commands
9891 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9892 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9893 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9895 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9907 \begin_layout Subsection
9909 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9911 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9928 \begin_layout Standard
9929 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9932 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9934 \begin_inset space ~
9940 There you find the following sizes:
9943 \begin_layout Standard
9956 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9961 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9963 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9976 for the paragraph separation.
9977 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9988 \begin_layout Standard
9997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10003 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10004 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10006 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10007 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10016 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10025 s are described in section
10026 \begin_inset space ~
10030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10032 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10041 If there are several
10045 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10046 You can therefore use
10050 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10053 \begin_layout Standard
10058 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10059 \begin_inset space ~
10063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10065 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10072 \begin_layout Standard
10073 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10083 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10084 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10096 \begin_layout Subsection
10097 Paragraph Alignment
10100 \begin_layout Standard
10101 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10103 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10107 There are four possibilities:
10110 \begin_layout Itemize
10116 \begin_layout Itemize
10122 \begin_layout Itemize
10128 \begin_layout Itemize
10134 \begin_layout Standard
10135 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10136 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10137 the left and right margins.
10138 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10141 \begin_layout Standard
10143 This paragraph is right aligned,
10146 \begin_layout Standard
10148 this one is centered,
10151 \begin_layout Standard
10153 this one is left aligned.
10156 \begin_layout Subsection
10161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10162 Page breaks ! Forced
10168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10170 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10177 \begin_layout Standard
10178 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10179 can force a page break where you want one.
10180 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10181 Only if you use many
10185 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10188 \begin_layout Standard
10189 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
10190 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10194 have to change the page breaking.
10197 \begin_layout Standard
10198 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10200 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10202 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10203 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10205 \begin_inset space ~
10211 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10213 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10214 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10216 \begin_inset space ~
10221 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10223 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10224 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10227 \begin_layout Standard
10228 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10229 at the top of a page.
10230 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10231 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10232 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10233 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10237 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10241 to learn more about
10248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10252 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10261 Page breaks ! Clear
10269 \begin_layout Standard
10270 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
10271 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
10272 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
10273 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
10274 if necessary by adding pages.
10277 \begin_layout Standard
10278 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10281 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10283 \begin_inset space ~
10289 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10292 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10294 \begin_inset space ~
10298 \begin_inset space ~
10303 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10304 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10307 \begin_layout Subsection
10312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10321 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10328 \begin_layout Standard
10329 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10331 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10333 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10334 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10336 \begin_inset space ~
10340 \begin_inset space ~
10348 arg "newline-insert newline"
10352 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10354 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10355 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10357 \begin_inset space ~
10361 \begin_inset space ~
10366 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10368 This is necessary to avoid
10369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10376 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10379 \begin_layout Standard
10380 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10381 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10382 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10383 set a line break, e.
10384 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10388 \begin_inset space \space{}
10391 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10392 \begin_inset space ~
10396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10398 reference "sec:Quote"
10403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10405 reference "sec:Verse"
10410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10412 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10419 \begin_layout Subsection
10421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10423 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10440 \begin_layout Standard
10445 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10446 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10448 \begin_inset space ~
10453 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10459 \begin_layout Section
10460 Characters and Symbols
10463 \begin_layout Standard
10464 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10465 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10470 \begin_inset space \space{}
10473 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10481 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10485 for informations how this is done.
10488 \begin_layout Standard
10489 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10494 dialog via the menu
10496 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10497 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10503 \begin_layout Standard
10504 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10512 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10513 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10514 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10522 \begin_layout Section
10523 Fonts and Text Styles
10524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10526 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10533 \begin_layout Subsection
10538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10547 \begin_layout Standard
10548 There are two types of fonts:
10551 \begin_layout Description
10553 \begin_inset space ~
10560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10566 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10571 characters) in the font.
10572 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10573 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10574 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10575 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10576 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10577 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10578 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10579 provide a good image.
10580 \begin_inset Newline newline
10583 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10584 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10585 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10586 sizes than at small ones.
10587 \begin_inset Newline newline
10601 \begin_inset space ~
10609 \begin_layout Description
10611 \begin_inset space ~
10618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10624 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10625 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10626 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10627 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10628 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10629 picture manipulation program.
10630 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10631 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10632 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10633 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10634 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10636 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10637 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10638 \begin_inset Newline newline
10641 Bitmap fonts are named
10644 \begin_inset space ~
10649 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10652 \begin_layout Standard
10653 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10654 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10655 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10656 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10657 use scalable fonts.
10660 \begin_layout Standard
10661 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10662 its document properties.
10665 \begin_layout Standard
10666 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10667 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10668 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10669 font to emphasize text, you use an
10670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10678 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10679 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10683 \begin_layout Subsection
10684 Document Font and Font size
10685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10687 name "sub:Document-Font"
10695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10714 \begin_layout Standard
10715 You can set the document fonts in the
10717 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10725 Document ! Settings
10731 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10732 font shapes roman (serif),
10735 \begin_inset space ~
10747 \begin_layout Standard
10748 The possible options for the font include
10752 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10757 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10779 European Computer Modern
10782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10792 \begin_layout Standard
10801 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10802 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10807 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10810 \begin_inset space ~
10815 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10821 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10822 There are three ways to use one:
10825 \begin_layout Itemize
10826 One way is to use the
10836 Virtual means that it
10837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10848 -glyphs from other fonts.
10849 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10871 Loading the LaTeX-package
10879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10880 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10885 with the document preamble line
10886 \begin_inset Newline newline
10893 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10894 \begin_inset Newline newline
10899 will fix the guillemet problem.
10904 and that accented characters are not
10908 glyph, they are build of
10912 characters, the accent and the letter.
10913 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10917 fonts for words with accented characters.
10918 If you search for example for the French word
10919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10926 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10935 and not for the glyph
10936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10940 \begin_inset space ~
10944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10950 \begin_layout Itemize
10951 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10964 , consist of these three main font types
10967 \begin_inset space ~
10996 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11000 \begin_inset space ~
11007 as typewriter font.
11008 \begin_inset Newline newline
11011 The differences between roman,
11014 \begin_inset space ~
11023 fonts are explained in section
11024 \begin_inset space ~
11028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11030 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11035 \begin_inset Newline newline
11042 was originally designed for newspapers.
11043 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
11044 into the small newspaper columns.
11049 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11052 \begin_layout Itemize
11053 The best solution is to use the
11062 These fonts were developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
11066 as the default font.
11067 In most cases they look the same as
11075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11076 One difference is improved kerning for the
11089 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11100 \begin_layout Standard
11101 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11104 For the font size there are four possible values:
11121 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11124 \begin_layout Standard
11125 The font sizes are the
11130 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11131 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11132 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11135 \begin_inset space ~
11141 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11142 \begin_inset space ~
11146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11148 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11155 \begin_layout Standard
11160 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11161 a font to display the script characters.
11165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11166 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11171 So this has no effect for the document language
11187 \begin_layout Standard
11188 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11192 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11200 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11204 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11205 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11206 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11208 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11211 dialog, see section
11212 \begin_inset space ~
11216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11218 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11230 \begin_layout Subsection
11231 Using Different Character Styles
11235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11254 \begin_layout Standard
11255 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11256 certain paragraph environments.
11257 LyX supports two character styles,
11266 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11270 \begin_layout Standard
11275 style, do one of the following:
11278 \begin_layout Itemize
11279 click on the toolbar button
11280 \begin_inset Graphics
11281 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11288 \begin_layout Itemize
11289 use the key binding
11298 \begin_layout Standard
11299 These commands are all toggles.
11304 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11307 \begin_layout Standard
11308 One typically uses the
11312 style for proper names.
11314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11321 is the original author of LyX.
11322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11328 \begin_layout Standard
11329 A more widely used character style is the
11334 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11341 \begin_layout Itemize
11342 clicking on the toolbar button
11343 \begin_inset Graphics
11344 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11351 \begin_layout Itemize
11352 using the keybindings
11361 \begin_layout Standard
11366 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11367 es use a different font.
11370 \begin_layout Standard
11371 We've been using the
11375 style all over the place in this document.
11376 Here's one more example:
11379 \begin_layout Quotation
11382 Don't overuse character styles!
11385 \begin_layout Standard
11386 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11387 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11388 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11389 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11393 \begin_layout Standard
11394 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11402 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11404 \begin_inset space ~
11412 \begin_layout Subsection
11413 Fine-Tuning with the
11418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11420 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11437 \begin_layout Standard
11438 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11439 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11440 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11441 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11442 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11443 from ordinary dialog.
11446 \begin_layout Standard
11447 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11448 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11449 \begin_inset Newline newline
11452 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11453 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11456 \begin_layout Standard
11457 To use custom character styles, open the
11459 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11461 \begin_inset space ~
11467 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11468 font property which you can choose.
11469 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11472 \begin_inset space ~
11477 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11482 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11483 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11484 environments in a snap.
11487 \begin_layout Standard
11488 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11491 \begin_inset space ~
11503 \begin_layout Labeling
11504 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11518 The possible options are:
11522 \begin_layout Labeling
11523 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11528 This is the Roman font family.
11529 Normally a serif font.
11530 It's also the default family.
11540 \begin_layout Labeling
11541 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11545 \begin_inset space ~
11552 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11564 \begin_layout Labeling
11565 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11572 This is the Typewriter font family.
11578 arg "font-typewriter"
11587 \begin_layout Labeling
11588 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11593 This corresponds to the print weight.
11598 \begin_layout Labeling
11599 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11604 This is the Medium font series.
11605 It's also the default series.
11608 \begin_layout Labeling
11609 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11616 This is the Bold font series.
11629 \begin_layout Labeling
11630 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11635 As the name implies.
11640 \begin_layout Labeling
11641 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11646 This is the Upright font shape.
11647 It's also the default shape.
11650 \begin_layout Labeling
11651 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11665 s the Italic font shape
11671 \begin_layout Labeling
11672 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11679 This is the Slanted font shape
11681 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11684 \begin_layout Labeling
11685 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11689 \begin_inset space ~
11696 This is the Small caps font shape
11703 \begin_layout Labeling
11704 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11709 Alters the size of the font.
11710 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11711 nal to the document font size.
11712 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11713 what you want to do.
11718 \begin_layout Labeling
11719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11740 arg "font-size tiny"
11746 \begin_layout Labeling
11747 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11768 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11774 \begin_layout Labeling
11775 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11796 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11802 \begin_layout Labeling
11803 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11824 arg "font-size small"
11830 \begin_layout Labeling
11831 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11845 It's also the default size.
11849 arg "font-size normal"
11855 \begin_layout Labeling
11856 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11877 arg "font-size large"
11883 \begin_layout Labeling
11884 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11905 arg "font-size larger"
11911 \begin_layout Labeling
11912 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11933 arg "font-size largest"
11939 \begin_layout Labeling
11940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11961 arg "font-size huge"
11967 \begin_layout Labeling
11968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11989 arg "font-size giant"
11996 \begin_layout Standard
12001 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12002 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12003 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12004 - use that instead.
12005 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12008 \begin_layout Labeling
12009 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12014 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12019 \begin_layout Labeling
12020 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12027 This is text with emphasize on
12030 This might seem like the same as
12034 , but it is actually a bit different.
12040 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12042 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12045 \begin_layout Labeling
12046 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12053 This is text with Underbar on.
12059 arg "font-underline"
12065 \begin_inset Newline newline
12070 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12071 when you couldn't change fonts.
12072 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12073 It's only included in LyX because some people
12077 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12080 \begin_layout Labeling
12081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12088 This is text with Noun on.
12095 , this is a logical attribute.
12096 Normally it's equivalent to
12099 \begin_inset space ~
12108 \begin_layout Labeling
12109 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12114 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12115 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12119 \begin_inset space ~
12124 , which is the default
12125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12132 and means normally black, you can choose between
12168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12177 \begin_layout Labeling
12178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12183 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12184 the language of the document.
12185 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12189 \begin_layout Standard
12190 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12191 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12193 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12195 \begin_inset space ~
12200 dialog, the settings are saved.
12201 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12202 \begin_inset Graphics
12203 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12208 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12209 when the dialog isn't visible.
12213 \begin_layout Standard
12214 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12221 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12222 (suppose you just set the shape to
12223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12241 \begin_inset space ~
12253 \begin_layout Standard
12254 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12262 \begin_inset space ~
12274 \begin_layout Itemize
12280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12287 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12305 \begin_inset Newline newline
12312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12337 \begin_inset Note Note
12340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12341 For more on phantoms see section
12342 \begin_inset space ~
12346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12348 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12358 \begin_inset Newline newline
12364 \begin_layout Itemize
12369 fonts use characters with serifs.
12370 These are the small
12371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12378 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12379 The following example will show the difference:
12380 \begin_inset Newline newline
12384 \begin_inset Newline newline
12389 text without serifs
12392 \begin_inset Newline newline
12395 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12396 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12403 \begin_layout Itemize
12409 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12410 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12413 \begin_layout Standard
12414 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12415 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12418 \begin_layout Section
12419 Printing and Previewing
12422 \begin_layout Subsection
12426 \begin_layout Standard
12427 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12428 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12429 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12430 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12431 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12434 \begin_inset space ~
12442 \begin_layout Standard
12443 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12444 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12445 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12446 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12447 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12448 This happens in two stages:
12451 \begin_layout Enumerate
12452 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12453 generating a file with the extension,
12454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12468 \begin_layout Enumerate
12469 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12473 file to produce printable output.
12477 \begin_layout Subsection
12478 Output file formats
12482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12491 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12498 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12504 File formats ! ASCII
12512 \begin_layout Standard
12513 This file type has the extension
12514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12526 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12530 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12537 \begin_layout Standard
12538 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12540 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12541 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12547 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12553 File formats ! LaTeX
12561 \begin_layout Standard
12562 This file type has the extension
12563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12574 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12576 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12577 it manually with console commands.
12578 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12579 you view or export your document.
12582 \begin_layout Standard
12583 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12585 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12586 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12603 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12617 \begin_layout Standard
12618 This file type has the extension
12619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12639 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12640 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12641 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12643 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12647 \begin_layout Standard
12648 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12656 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12657 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12662 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12663 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12664 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12665 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12668 \begin_layout Standard
12669 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12671 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12672 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12678 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12684 File formats ! PostScript
12692 \begin_layout Standard
12693 This file type has the extension
12694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12706 PostScript was developed by the company
12710 as printer language.
12711 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12713 PostScript can be seen as
12714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12717 programming language
12718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12721 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12726 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12736 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12746 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12749 \begin_layout Standard
12750 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12754 Encapsulated PostScript
12755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12758 (EPS, file extension
12759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12771 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12772 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12773 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12774 whenever you view or export your document.
12775 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12776 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12777 EPS to avoid this problem.
12780 \begin_layout Standard
12781 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12783 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12784 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12790 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12814 \begin_layout Standard
12815 This file type has the extension
12816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12832 Portable Document Format
12833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12836 (PDF) is developed by
12840 as derivative from PostScript.
12841 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12850 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12851 looks exactly the same.
12854 \begin_layout Standard
12855 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12859 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12863 (JPG, file extension
12864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12891 Portable Network Graphics
12892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12895 (PNG, file extension
12896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12908 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12909 in the background to one of these formats.
12910 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12911 will slow down your workflow.
12912 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12915 \begin_layout Standard
12916 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12918 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12921 in three different ways:
12924 \begin_layout Description
12925 PDF This uses the program
12929 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12930 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12934 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12935 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12938 \begin_layout Description
12940 \begin_inset space ~
12943 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12947 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12951 \begin_layout Description
12953 \begin_inset space ~
12956 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12960 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12963 \begin_layout Standard
12964 We recommend to use
12967 \begin_inset space ~
12976 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12982 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12985 \begin_layout Subsection
12990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12999 \begin_layout Standard
13000 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13001 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13005 and choose a file type.
13006 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13009 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13012 you can use the toolbar button
13013 \begin_inset Graphics
13014 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13021 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13026 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13028 \begin_inset space ~
13034 \begin_inset Graphics
13035 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13041 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13045 \begin_inset Graphics
13046 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13053 arg "buffer-view ps"
13059 \begin_layout Standard
13060 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13061 viewer window using the menu
13063 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13069 \begin_layout Standard
13070 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13072 To have a real output, export your document.
13075 \begin_layout Subsection
13076 Printing the File from within LyX
13077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13079 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13086 \begin_layout Standard
13087 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13088 it directly from within LyX.
13089 To print a file, select the menu
13091 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13094 or click on the toolbar button
13095 \begin_inset Graphics
13096 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13101 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13102 This file is then processed by the program
13106 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13111 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13114 \begin_layout Standard
13115 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13116 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13117 printing one set to print on the other side.
13118 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13119 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13120 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13123 \begin_layout Standard
13124 You can set the parameters in the
13127 \begin_inset space ~
13135 \begin_layout Labeling
13136 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13141 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13146 Note that this printer name is for the program
13155 has to be configured for this printer name.
13156 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13157 \begin_inset space ~
13161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13163 reference "sub:Printer"
13172 The printer should understand PostScript.
13175 \begin_layout Labeling
13176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13181 The name of a file to print to.
13182 The output will be a PostScript file.
13183 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13187 \begin_layout Section
13188 A few Words about Typography
13192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13201 \begin_layout Subsection
13206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13215 \begin_layout Standard
13217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13228 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13243 \begin_layout Enumerate
13245 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13249 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13267 \begin_layout Enumerate
13269 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13273 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13304 \begin_layout Enumerate
13306 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13310 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13354 \begin_layout Enumerate
13356 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13360 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13364 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13382 \begin_layout Standard
13383 You generate them by inserting the
13384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13395 character multiple times in a row.
13396 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13397 final output, but not in LyX.
13400 \begin_layout Standard
13401 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13402 math mode and has a length of its own.
13403 Here are some examples of the
13404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13418 \begin_layout Enumerate
13419 line- and page-breaks
13420 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13430 \begin_layout Enumerate
13432 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13442 \begin_layout Enumerate
13443 Oh --- there's a dash.
13444 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13454 \begin_layout Enumerate
13455 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13459 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13469 \begin_layout Subsection
13474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13483 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13490 \begin_layout Standard
13491 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13492 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13501 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13506 following the rules of the document language
13510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13511 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13519 \begin_inset space ~
13523 \begin_inset space ~
13530 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13541 \begin_layout Standard
13542 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13547 and with unusual constructs, like
13548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13556 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13557 This is done with the menu
13559 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13560 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13562 \begin_inset space ~
13568 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13569 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13572 \begin_layout Standard
13573 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13574 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13575 a hyphen and a space in the form
13576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13584 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13592 as hyphenation possibility.
13593 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13594 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13595 of the LaTeX-box-command
13601 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13602 As LyX doesn't support
13608 , we have to use TeX Code.
13609 The result looks in LyX like:
13612 \begin_layout Standard
13613 \begin_inset Graphics
13614 filename clipart/mbox.png
13621 \begin_layout Standard
13622 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13623 \begin_inset space ~
13627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13629 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13636 \begin_layout Subsection
13641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13651 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13654 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13661 \begin_layout Standard
13662 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13663 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13664 LaTeX then adds the
13665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13668 appropriate amount of space
13669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13673 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13675 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13678 \begin_layout Standard
13679 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13693 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13694 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13697 \begin_layout Standard
13698 Here are some examples of
13702 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13705 \begin_layout Itemize
13710 \begin_layout Itemize
13715 \begin_layout Standard
13716 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13719 \begin_layout Itemize
13721 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13725 this is too much space!
13728 \begin_layout Itemize
13733 \begin_layout Standard
13734 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13737 \begin_layout Standard
13738 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13741 \begin_layout Enumerate
13745 \begin_inset space ~
13750 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13751 \begin_inset space ~
13755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13757 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13766 Spaces ! inter-word
13774 \begin_layout Enumerate
13778 \begin_inset space ~
13783 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13784 \begin_inset space ~
13788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13790 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13807 \begin_layout Enumerate
13811 \begin_inset space ~
13815 \begin_inset space ~
13819 \begin_inset space ~
13826 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13828 \begin_inset space ~
13833 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13834 This function is also bound to
13837 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13843 \begin_layout Standard
13844 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13847 \begin_layout Itemize
13849 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13853 \begin_inset space \space{}
13856 this is too much space!
13859 \begin_layout Itemize
13860 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13864 \begin_layout Standard
13865 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13866 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13867 LaTeX will care about this.
13870 \begin_layout Standard
13871 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13875 \begin_inset space ~
13880 feature described in section
13886 Additional Features
13891 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13897 Typography ! Quotes
13906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13937 \begin_layout Standard
13938 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13939 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13940 and use a closing quote at the end.
13942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13950 The keyboard character,
13954 , generates this automatically.
13957 \begin_layout Standard
13958 You can change the behavior of the
13962 key using the submenu
13968 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13976 Document ! Settings
13984 \begin_layout Standard
13985 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13990 There are six choices:
13993 \begin_layout Labeling
13994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14006 Use quotes like this
14007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14015 \begin_inset Quotes els
14019 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14025 \begin_layout Labeling
14026 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14029 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14033 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14039 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14043 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14047 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14053 \begin_layout Labeling
14054 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14057 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14061 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14067 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14071 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14075 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14079 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14085 \begin_layout Labeling
14086 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14089 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14093 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14099 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14103 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14107 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14111 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14117 \begin_layout Labeling
14118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14121 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14125 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14131 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14135 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14139 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14143 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14149 \begin_layout Labeling
14150 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14153 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14157 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14163 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14167 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14171 \begin_inset Quotes als
14175 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14181 \begin_layout Standard
14182 These settings affects what character the
14189 \begin_layout Subsection
14194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14195 Typography ! Ligatures
14204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14235 name "sub:Ligatures"
14242 \begin_layout Standard
14243 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14244 print them as single characters.
14245 These groups are known as
14250 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14252 Here are the standard ligatures:
14255 \begin_layout Itemize
14259 \begin_layout Itemize
14263 \begin_layout Itemize
14267 \begin_layout Itemize
14271 \begin_layout Itemize
14275 \begin_layout Standard
14276 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14279 \begin_layout Standard
14280 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14281 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14289 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14305 To break a ligature, use
14307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14308 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14310 \begin_inset space ~
14317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14328 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14345 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14353 \begin_layout Subsection
14358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14367 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14374 \begin_layout Standard
14375 You have surely noticed, that the word
14376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14383 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14384 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14385 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14405 \begin_inset Note Note
14408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14409 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14417 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14418 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14423 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14427 \begin_layout Description
14428 LyX The name of the game, write
14429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14450 \begin_layout Description
14451 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14473 \begin_layout Description
14474 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14496 \begin_layout Description
14497 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14519 \begin_layout Standard
14520 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14525 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14533 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14534 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14535 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14538 : The actual version is
14539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14546 , the previous one was
14547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14557 \begin_layout Standard
14558 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14563 \begin_inset space \space{}
14566 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14568 This will look in LyX like:
14569 \begin_inset Graphics
14570 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14576 \begin_inset Newline newline
14579 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14580 \begin_inset space ~
14584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14586 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14593 \begin_layout Subsection
14598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14607 \begin_layout Standard
14608 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14609 space between two words.
14610 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14620 for units use the menu
14622 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14623 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14625 \begin_inset space ~
14633 arg "space-insert thin"
14639 \begin_layout Standard
14640 Here's an example to show the differences:
14643 \begin_layout Standard
14644 \begin_inset Tabular
14645 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14647 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14648 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14655 \begin_inset space ~
14659 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14671 space between number and unit
14678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14687 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14699 half space between number and unit
14712 \begin_layout Subsection
14717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14718 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14726 \begin_layout Standard
14727 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14729 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14730 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14731 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14732 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14733 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14734 These bits of text became known as
14745 \begin_layout Standard
14746 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14747 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14748 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14749 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14750 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14751 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14752 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14755 \begin_layout Standard
14756 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14757 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14758 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14759 \begin_inset space ~
14763 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14765 key "latexcompanion"
14770 \begin_inset space ~
14774 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14780 ] may have more information.
14781 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14784 \begin_layout Chapter
14785 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14788 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14795 \begin_layout Standard
14796 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14801 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14804 \begin_layout Section
14809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14825 \begin_layout Standard
14826 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14829 \begin_layout Description
14831 \begin_inset space ~
14834 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14835 \begin_inset Newline newline
14839 \begin_inset Note Note
14842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14843 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14851 \begin_layout Description
14852 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14853 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14855 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14856 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14857 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14860 \begin_inset Newline newline
14864 \begin_inset Note Comment
14867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14868 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14876 \begin_layout Description
14878 \begin_inset space ~
14881 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14882 \begin_inset Newline newline
14886 \begin_inset Newline newline
14890 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14899 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14900 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14901 How this can be done is explained in the
14910 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14916 \begin_inset Newline newline
14920 \begin_inset Newline newline
14923 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14924 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14927 \begin_layout Standard
14928 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14929 \begin_inset Graphics
14930 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14932 scaleBeforeRotation
14938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14942 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14945 \begin_layout Section
14950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14959 name "sec:Footnotes"
14966 \begin_layout Standard
14967 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14970 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14973 or the toolbar button
14974 \begin_inset Graphics
14975 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14988 \begin_inset Graphics
14989 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14998 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15027 label, the box will
15031 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15032 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15045 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15061 \begin_layout Standard
15062 Here's an example footnote:
15070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15071 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15079 \begin_layout Standard
15080 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15081 position where the footnote box is placed.
15082 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15083 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15084 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15085 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15086 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15091 ey are described in the
15098 \begin_layout Section
15103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15112 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15119 \begin_layout Standard
15120 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15121 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15123 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15125 \begin_inset space ~
15130 or the toolbar button
15131 \begin_inset Graphics
15132 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15159 appearing within your text.
15160 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15169 \begin_layout Standard
15170 At the side is an example marginal note.
15174 \begin_inset Marginal
15177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15178 This is a marginal note.
15186 \begin_layout Standard
15187 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15188 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15189 pages, right on odd pages.
15192 \begin_layout Section
15193 Graphics and Images
15197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15214 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15216 name "sec:Graphics"
15223 \begin_layout Standard
15224 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15225 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15226 \begin_inset Graphics
15227 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15233 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15237 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15240 \begin_layout Standard
15241 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15246 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15247 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15249 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15250 \begin_inset space ~
15254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15256 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15263 \begin_layout Standard
15268 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15269 of the image in the output.
15270 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15274 \begin_inset space ~
15278 \begin_inset space ~
15287 \begin_inset space ~
15291 \begin_inset space ~
15295 \begin_inset space ~
15300 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15301 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15309 \begin_layout Standard
15312 LaTeX and LyX options
15314 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15315 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15319 \begin_inset space ~
15324 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15325 with the image size is printed.
15329 \begin_inset space ~
15333 \begin_inset space ~
15337 \begin_inset space ~
15342 is explained in the
15353 \begin_layout Standard
15354 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15355 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15357 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15361 \begin_layout Standard
15363 \begin_inset Graphics
15364 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15366 rotateOrigin center
15373 \begin_layout Standard
15374 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15375 the image into a float, see section
15376 \begin_inset space ~
15380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15382 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15389 \begin_layout Subsection
15394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15403 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15410 \begin_layout Standard
15411 You can insert images in any known file format.
15412 But as we explained in section
15413 \begin_inset space ~
15417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15419 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15423 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15424 LyX uses therefore the program
15428 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15429 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15430 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15431 \begin_inset space ~
15435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15437 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15444 \begin_layout Standard
15445 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15448 \begin_layout Description
15450 \begin_inset space ~
15453 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15454 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15455 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15459 Graphics Interchange Format
15460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15463 (GIF, file extension
15464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15511 Portable Network Graphics
15512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15515 (PNG, file extension
15516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15563 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15567 (JPG, file extension
15568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15626 \begin_layout Description
15628 \begin_inset space ~
15631 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15633 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15634 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15635 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15636 \begin_inset Newline newline
15639 Scalable image formats can be
15640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15643 Scalable Vector Graphics
15644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15647 (SVG, file extension
15648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15695 Encapsulated PostScript
15696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15699 (EPS, file extension
15700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15747 Portable Document Format
15748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15751 (PDF, file extension
15752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15774 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15775 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15776 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15782 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15790 \begin_layout Standard
15791 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15795 \begin_layout Subsection
15796 Grouping of Image Settings
15800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15801 Images ! Settings grouping
15809 \begin_layout Standard
15810 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15812 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15813 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15815 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15816 need to manually change each of them.
15820 \begin_layout Standard
15821 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15824 \begin_inset space ~
15828 \begin_inset space ~
15833 field in the Graphics dialog.
15834 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15835 by checking the name of the desired group.
15838 \begin_layout Section
15843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15859 \begin_layout Standard
15860 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15861 \begin_inset Graphics
15862 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15869 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15873 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15874 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15875 from the rest of the table.
15876 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15877 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15879 Here's an example table:
15882 \begin_layout Standard
15884 \begin_inset Tabular
15885 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15887 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15888 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15889 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15890 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16090 \begin_layout Subsection
16094 \begin_layout Standard
16095 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16096 brings up the table dialog.
16097 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16098 where the cursor is placed currently.
16099 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16100 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16101 done on all of your selection.
16104 \begin_layout Standard
16105 Additionally to the table dialog the
16108 \begin_inset space ~
16113 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16115 It is for example currently only possible to add
16116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16123 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16126 \begin_layout Standard
16130 \begin_inset space ~
16135 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16136 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16137 current cell respectively.
16138 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16140 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16141 of text, see section
16142 \begin_inset space ~
16146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16148 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16155 \begin_layout Standard
16156 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16162 This will merge the cells to
16166 cell, spread over more than one column.
16167 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16168 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16169 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16170 in the last row without the upper border:
16173 \begin_layout Standard
16175 \begin_inset Tabular
16176 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16177 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16178 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16179 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16180 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16181 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16192 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16201 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16277 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16312 \begin_layout Standard
16313 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16314 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16315 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16316 explained in the tables section of the
16319 \begin_inset space ~
16325 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16329 degrees counterclockwise.
16330 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16333 \begin_layout Standard
16334 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16342 Most DVI-viewers are
16346 able to display rotations.
16354 \begin_layout Standard
16359 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16364 adds lines for all cell borders.
16367 \begin_layout Subsection
16372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16373 Tables ! Longtables
16382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16391 \begin_layout Standard
16392 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16395 \begin_inset space ~
16399 \begin_inset space ~
16408 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16409 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16412 \begin_layout Description
16417 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16418 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16419 except for the first page, if
16422 \begin_inset space ~
16430 \begin_layout Description
16434 \begin_inset space ~
16439 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16440 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16443 \begin_layout Description
16448 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16449 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16450 except for the last page, if
16453 \begin_inset space ~
16461 \begin_layout Description
16465 \begin_inset space ~
16470 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16471 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16474 \begin_layout Description
16475 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16476 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16478 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16482 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16485 \begin_inset space ~
16493 \begin_layout Standard
16494 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16495 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16496 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16497 The others will then be defined as
16502 In this context, first means first in this order:
16505 \begin_inset space ~
16517 \begin_inset space ~
16523 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16526 \begin_layout Standard
16528 \begin_inset Tabular
16529 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16530 <features islongtable="true">
16531 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16532 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16533 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16534 <row endfirsthead="true">
16535 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16541 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16546 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16555 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16565 <row endfirsthead="true">
16566 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16577 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16586 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16598 <row endhead="true">
16599 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16610 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16619 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16629 <row endhead="true">
16630 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16641 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16650 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16662 <row endfoot="true">
16663 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16674 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16683 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16714 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17664 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17673 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17684 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17715 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17746 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17777 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17808 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17839 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17870 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17901 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17932 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17963 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17994 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18025 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18056 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18087 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18118 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18149 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18180 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18211 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18242 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18273 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18304 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18335 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18366 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18397 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18428 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18459 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18521 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18552 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18644 <row endlastfoot="true">
18645 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18665 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18682 \begin_layout Subsection
18687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18696 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18703 \begin_layout Standard
18704 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18705 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18706 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18707 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18711 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18712 for the cell's paragraph.
18715 \begin_layout Standard
18716 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18717 for the column in the table dialog.
18718 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18719 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18723 \begin_layout Standard
18725 \begin_inset Tabular
18726 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18728 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18729 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18730 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18750 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18819 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18875 This is longer now.
18880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18931 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18932 This is longer now.
18937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18963 \begin_layout Standard
18964 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18965 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18970 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
18971 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
18977 Selection with the mouse or with
18981 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18982 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18983 the selection from outside the table.
18986 \begin_layout Section
18991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18998 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19007 \begin_layout Standard
19008 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19009 have a fixed location.
19011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19018 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19026 \begin_inset space ~
19031 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19032 too much notes at the page.
19035 \begin_layout Standard
19036 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19037 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19038 and pages without text.
19039 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19040 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19041 Floats are therefore numbered.
19042 Referencing is described in section
19043 \begin_inset space ~
19047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19049 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19056 \begin_layout Standard
19057 To insert a float, use the menu
19059 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19063 A box with a caption that has e.
19064 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19068 \begin_inset space \space{}
19072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19076 \begin_inset space ~
19080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19083 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19084 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19086 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19096 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19097 paragraph within the float.
19098 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19099 by left-clicking on the box label.
19100 A closed float box looks like this:
19101 \begin_inset Graphics
19102 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19107 -- a gray button with a red label.
19110 \begin_layout Standard
19111 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19112 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19115 \begin_layout Subsection
19119 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19125 Floats ! Figure floats
19131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19133 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19140 \begin_layout Standard
19143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19144 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19147 inserts a float with the label
19148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19154 \begin_inset space ~
19160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19164 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19165 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19166 This is what we did for Figure
19167 \begin_inset space ~
19171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19173 reference "cap:Platypus"
19178 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19179 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19180 This was done in Figure
19181 \begin_inset space ~
19185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19187 reference "cap:Escher"
19194 \begin_layout Standard
19195 \begin_inset Float figure
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19202 \begin_inset Graphics
19203 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19205 rotateOrigin center
19212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19213 \begin_inset Caption
19215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19216 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19218 name "cap:Platypus"
19222 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19235 \begin_layout Standard
19236 \begin_inset Float figure
19241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19242 \begin_inset Caption
19244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19262 \begin_inset Graphics
19263 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19265 rotateOrigin center
19277 \begin_layout Standard
19278 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19280 As described in section
19281 \begin_inset space ~
19285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19287 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19291 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19296 and refer to it using the menu
19298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19302 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19311 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19323 \begin_layout Standard
19324 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19325 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19326 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19327 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19329 \begin_inset space ~
19333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19335 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19339 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19340 You can also set the images one below the other.
19342 \begin_inset space ~
19346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19348 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19355 reference "fig:Platypus"
19359 are the subfigures.
19362 \begin_layout Standard
19363 \begin_inset Float figure
19368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19369 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19373 \begin_inset Float figure
19378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19379 \begin_inset Caption
19381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19384 name "fig:Undefinable"
19396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19397 \begin_inset Graphics
19398 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19409 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19413 \begin_inset Float figure
19418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19419 \begin_inset Caption
19421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19424 name "fig:Platypus"
19436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19437 \begin_inset Graphics
19438 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19450 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19457 \begin_inset Caption
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19460 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19462 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19466 Two distorted images.
19479 \begin_layout Standard
19480 Note that the caption is added to the
19483 \begin_inset space ~
19487 \begin_inset space ~
19492 as described in section
19493 \begin_inset space ~
19497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19499 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19506 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19512 Floats ! Table floats
19520 \begin_layout Standard
19521 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19523 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19524 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19528 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19531 \begin_inset space ~
19535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19537 reference "cap:Table-float"
19541 is an example of a table float.
19544 \begin_layout Standard
19545 \begin_inset Float table
19550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19551 \begin_inset Caption
19553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19554 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19556 name "cap:Table-float"
19568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19570 \begin_inset Tabular
19571 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19574 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19575 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19702 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19723 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19725 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19746 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19767 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19773 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19781 \begin_layout Standard
19782 This float type is inserted with the menu
19784 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19785 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19789 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19790 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19794 , described in section
19795 \begin_inset space ~
19799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19801 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19808 \begin_layout Standard
19809 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19817 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19823 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19826 \begin_layout Standard
19831 floatname{algorithm}{your
19832 \begin_inset space ~
19838 \begin_layout Standard
19839 to the document preamble (menu
19841 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19848 \begin_inset space ~
19854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19868 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19874 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19882 \begin_layout Standard
19883 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19891 \begin_inset Graphics
19892 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19894 rotateOrigin center
19901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19902 \begin_inset Caption
19904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19907 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19911 This is a wrapped figure.
19912 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19925 This float type is used if you want to
19926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19933 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19935 It can be inserted using the menu
19937 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19938 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19940 \begin_inset space ~
19945 if the LaTeX-package
19953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19954 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19967 \begin_inset space ~
19977 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19980 \begin_inset space ~
19984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19986 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19990 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19991 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19999 Available units are explained in Appendix
20000 \begin_inset space ~
20004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20006 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20015 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20019 \begin_layout Standard
20020 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20028 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20033 \begin_inset space \space{}
20036 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in
20037 the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20038 over some other text.
20046 \begin_layout Itemize
20047 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20048 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20049 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20050 breaks will appear.
20053 \begin_layout Itemize
20054 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20055 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20058 \begin_layout Itemize
20059 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20060 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20063 \begin_layout Itemize
20064 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20067 \begin_layout Subsection
20069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20071 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20088 \begin_layout Standard
20089 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20090 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20094 \begin_inset space ~
20102 \begin_layout Standard
20103 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20104 have a multi-column document).
20105 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20108 \begin_inset space ~
20114 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20115 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20122 \begin_layout Standard
20123 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20124 format is also the same: Table
20125 \begin_inset space ~
20129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20131 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20135 is an example of a rotated table float.
20138 \begin_layout Standard
20139 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20147 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20155 \begin_layout Standard
20156 \begin_inset Float table
20161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20162 \begin_inset Caption
20164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20167 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20181 \begin_inset Tabular
20182 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20184 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20185 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20186 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20187 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20188 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20248 \begin_layout Subsection
20250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20252 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20269 \begin_layout Standard
20270 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20271 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20272 \begin_inset Newline newline
20278 \begin_inset space ~
20283 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20284 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20286 \begin_inset Newline newline
20292 \begin_inset space ~
20297 is used to rotate floats, see section
20298 \begin_inset space ~
20302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20304 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20311 \begin_layout Standard
20312 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20313 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20316 \begin_inset space ~
20320 \begin_inset space ~
20328 \begin_layout Description
20330 \begin_inset space ~
20334 \begin_inset space ~
20337 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20340 \begin_layout Description
20342 \begin_inset space ~
20346 \begin_inset space ~
20349 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20352 \begin_layout Description
20354 \begin_inset space ~
20358 \begin_inset space ~
20361 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20364 \begin_layout Description
20366 \begin_inset space ~
20370 \begin_inset space ~
20373 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20376 \begin_layout Standard
20377 The order of the above option is
20382 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20386 \begin_inset space ~
20390 \begin_inset space ~
20398 \begin_inset space ~
20402 \begin_inset space ~
20407 , and then the others.
20408 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20410 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20411 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20414 \begin_layout Standard
20415 By default, each options has its own rules:
20418 \begin_layout Standard
20422 \begin_inset space ~
20426 \begin_inset space ~
20431 only floats occupying less than 70
20432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20435 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20438 \begin_layout Standard
20442 \begin_inset space ~
20446 \begin_inset space ~
20451 : only floats occupying less than 30
20452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20455 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20458 \begin_layout Standard
20462 \begin_inset space ~
20466 \begin_inset space ~
20471 : only if more than 50
20472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20475 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20479 \begin_layout Standard
20480 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20484 \begin_inset space ~
20488 \begin_inset space ~
20496 \begin_layout Standard
20497 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20498 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20499 For this case you can use the option
20502 \begin_inset space ~
20508 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20510 Because the float is then no longer able to
20511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20518 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20521 \begin_layout Standard
20522 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20523 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20526 \begin_layout Standard
20527 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20529 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20531 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20538 \begin_layout Section
20543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20552 name "sec:Minipages"
20559 \begin_layout Standard
20560 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20562 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20563 \begin_inset space ~
20570 \begin_layout Standard
20571 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20573 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20577 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20578 and its alignment within the page.
20581 \begin_layout Standard
20583 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20592 height_special "totalheight"
20595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20598 This is a minipage.
20599 The text is set in an italic style.
20602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20605 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20606 another formatting.
20614 \begin_layout Standard
20615 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20618 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20622 as described in section
20623 \begin_inset space ~
20627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20629 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20634 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20640 \begin_layout Standard
20641 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20650 height_special "totalheight"
20653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20654 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20655 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20661 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20665 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20674 height_special "totalheight"
20677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20678 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20679 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20687 \begin_layout Standard
20688 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20694 \begin_layout Standard
20695 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20696 to other box types.
20697 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20708 \begin_layout Chapter
20709 Mathematical Formulas
20713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20754 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20761 \begin_layout Standard
20762 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20767 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20770 \begin_layout Section
20775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20784 \begin_layout Standard
20785 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20786 \begin_inset Graphics
20787 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20792 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20794 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20795 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20796 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20798 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20804 \begin_layout Standard
20805 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20809 \begin_inset space ~
20814 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20817 \begin_layout Standard
20818 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20819 line, like this one:
20822 \begin_layout Standard
20823 This is a line with an inline formula
20824 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20830 \begin_layout Standard
20831 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20833 \begin_inset Formula \[
20838 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20841 \begin_layout Standard
20842 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20848 \begin_inset space \space{}
20852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20865 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20866 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20870 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20873 \begin_inset space ~
20881 \begin_layout Subsection
20882 Navigating in Formulas
20886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20895 \begin_layout Standard
20896 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20897 achieved with the arrow keys.
20898 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20899 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20904 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20905 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20909 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20913 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20915 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20923 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20928 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20929 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20932 \begin_layout Standard
20937 , printed in this document as
20938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20959 \begin_inset Note Note
20962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20963 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20964 space character (visible space).
20969 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20970 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20971 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20976 For example, if you want
20977 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21031 , since in the latter case only the
21034 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21039 will be under the square root sign:
21040 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21046 \begin_layout Standard
21047 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21049 \begin_inset Formula \[
21050 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21053 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21057 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21058 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21061 \begin_layout Subsection
21065 \begin_layout Standard
21066 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21067 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21071 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21072 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21073 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21074 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21075 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21078 \begin_layout Subsection
21079 Exponents and Subscripts
21083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21102 \begin_layout Standard
21103 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21104 way is to use a command.
21106 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21109 , type in a formula
21115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21131 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21137 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21141 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21162 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21171 , you have to use an extra
21175 to separate the hat and the character.
21177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21181 \begin_inset space \space{}
21185 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21206 Subscripts are similar: To get
21207 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21230 \begin_layout Subsection
21235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21244 \begin_layout Standard
21245 Create a fraction with either the command
21252 \begin_inset Graphics
21253 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21261 \begin_inset space ~
21267 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21268 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21269 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21274 To move back up, press
21279 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21280 \begin_inset Formula \[
21281 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21283 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21290 \begin_layout Subsection
21295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21304 \begin_layout Standard
21305 Roots can be created using the
21308 \begin_inset space ~
21314 \begin_inset Graphics
21315 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21338 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21344 produces always a square root.
21347 \begin_layout Subsection
21348 Operators with Limits
21352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21371 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21378 \begin_layout Standard
21380 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21384 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21387 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21388 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21389 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21390 The sum operator will automatically place its
21391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21398 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21401 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21405 \begin_inset Formula \[
21406 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21410 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21414 \begin_layout Standard
21415 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21417 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21418 behind the operator and hitting
21426 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21427 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21429 \begin_inset space ~
21433 \begin_inset space ~
21441 \begin_layout Standard
21442 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21450 feature as addition, such as
21454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21461 \begin_inset Formula \[
21462 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21466 which will place the
21467 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21479 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21480 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21486 \begin_layout Standard
21487 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21494 Have a look at section
21495 \begin_inset space ~
21499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21501 reference "sub:Functions"
21505 for an explanation of function macros.
21508 \begin_layout Subsection
21513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21522 \begin_layout Standard
21523 Most math symbols can be found in the
21526 \begin_inset space ~
21531 under one of several categories; including
21548 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21552 \begin_layout Standard
21553 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21554 you don't have to use the
21557 \begin_inset space ~
21562 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21563 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21566 \begin_layout Subsection
21571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21580 \begin_layout Standard
21581 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21586 arg "space-insert protected"
21592 \begin_inset space ~
21598 \begin_inset Graphics
21599 filename ../images/math/space.png
21604 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21605 Here a example for the sequence
21610 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21614 \begin_inset Graphics
21615 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21620 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21621 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21622 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21623 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21628 \begin_layout Standard
21638 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21644 \begin_layout Standard
21654 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21660 \begin_layout Subsection
21665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21674 name "sub:Functions"
21681 \begin_layout Standard
21685 \begin_inset space ~
21690 contains under the button
21691 \begin_inset Graphics
21692 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21696 a number of functions, such as
21697 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21701 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21709 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21716 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21717 avoid confusions, because
21718 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21722 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21728 \begin_layout Standard
21729 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21731 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21735 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21741 \begin_layout Standard
21742 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21743 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21744 \begin_inset space ~
21748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21750 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21757 \begin_layout Subsection
21762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21771 \begin_layout Standard
21772 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21774 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21775 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21780 \begin_inset space \space{}
21784 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21787 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21788 Our example is entered by typing
21796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21809 \begin_inset space ~
21813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21815 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21819 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21822 \begin_layout Standard
21823 \begin_inset Float table
21828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21829 \begin_inset Caption
21831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21834 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21838 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21848 \begin_inset Tabular
21849 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21852 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21853 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21937 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21991 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22045 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22099 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22153 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22207 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22261 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22315 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22369 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22414 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22435 \begin_layout Standard
22436 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22439 \begin_inset space ~
22445 \begin_inset Graphics
22446 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22450 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22454 \begin_layout Section
22455 Brackets and Delimiters
22459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22478 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22485 \begin_layout Standard
22486 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22487 For most purposes, using just the keys
22492 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22493 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22496 \begin_inset space ~
22502 \begin_inset Graphics
22503 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22508 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22510 \begin_inset Formula \[
22511 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22513 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22517 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22518 \begin_inset Formula \[
22519 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22526 \begin_layout Standard
22527 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22528 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22531 \begin_layout Standard
22532 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22533 left side and right side.
22534 If you use the option
22537 \begin_inset space ~
22542 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22543 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22544 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22545 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22548 \begin_layout Standard
22549 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22550 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22551 inside the brackets.
22552 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22557 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22560 \begin_layout Standard
22561 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22572 \begin_layout Section
22577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22586 \begin_layout Standard
22587 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22588 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22599 \begin_layout Standard
22600 \begin_inset Formula \[
22601 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22608 \begin_layout Standard
22609 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22624 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22625 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22626 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22629 \begin_layout Section
22630 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22655 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22663 \begin_layout Standard
22664 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22667 \begin_inset space ~
22673 \begin_inset Graphics
22674 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22679 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22680 Here is an example:
22681 \begin_inset Formula \[
22682 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22685 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22689 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22690 \begin_inset space ~
22694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22696 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22701 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22702 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22703 This alignment is set in the box
22708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22756 for every column as default.
22757 For example, the sequence
22758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22769 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22770 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22771 corresponds to the relevant column.
22772 The result will look like this:
22773 \begin_inset Formula \[
22775 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22776 column & has & has\, right\\
22777 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22784 \begin_layout Standard
22785 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22788 arg "newline-insert newline"
22791 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22792 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22794 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22800 \begin_layout Standard
22801 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22802 It can be created with the menu
22804 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22805 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22807 \begin_inset space ~
22820 \begin_inset Formula \[
22824 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22831 \begin_layout Standard
22832 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22835 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22838 arg "newline-insert newline"
22842 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22847 arg "newline-insert newline"
22850 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22858 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22859 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22860 A new row is created by every further hit of
22863 arg "newline-insert newline"
22867 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22868 Here is an example:
22869 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22870 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22871 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22875 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22876 where you want to start the shift and hit
22881 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22882 position to the next column.
22883 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22884 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22885 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22886 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22893 \begin_layout Standard
22894 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22901 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22902 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22905 reference "eq:asquared"
22910 The other types are described in section
22911 \begin_inset space ~
22915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22917 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22924 \begin_layout Section
22925 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22930 Math ! Formula numbering
22939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22940 Math ! Referencing formulas
22946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22948 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22955 \begin_layout Standard
22956 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22958 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22959 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22961 \begin_inset space ~
22969 arg "math-number-toggle"
22973 The formula number appears in LyX as
22974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22981 within parentheses.
22983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22990 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22992 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22993 the document class.
22994 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22995 separated by a dot:
22996 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22997 1+1=2\end{equation}
23004 arg "math-number-toggle"
23007 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23008 You can only number displayed formulas.
23011 \begin_layout Standard
23012 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23014 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23015 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23017 \begin_inset space ~
23021 \begin_inset space ~
23025 \begin_inset space ~
23033 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23036 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23037 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23039 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23040 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23044 To number all lines use the shortcut
23047 arg "math-number-toggle"
23053 \begin_layout Standard
23054 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23057 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23058 A label is inserted with the menu
23060 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23063 when the cursor is in the formula.
23064 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23065 It is recommended to use the proposed
23066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23077 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23078 type when you have many labels in your document.
23079 We inserted in the following example the label
23080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23087 in the second line:
23088 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23089 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23090 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23094 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23095 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23105 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23109 \begin_inset space ~
23115 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23116 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23117 as the formula number:
23120 \begin_layout Standard
23121 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23124 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23131 \begin_layout Standard
23132 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23133 \begin_inset space ~
23137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23139 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23144 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23150 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23155 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23163 \begin_layout Section
23164 User defined math macros
23168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23177 name "sec:math-macros"
23184 \begin_layout Standard
23185 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23186 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23187 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23189 \begin_inset Newline newline
23192 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23193 \begin_inset Formula \[
23194 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23198 The general form of its solution is:
23199 \begin_inset Formula \[
23200 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p^{2}}{4}-q}\]
23207 \begin_layout Standard
23208 The macro should print the parameters
23209 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23213 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23217 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23220 like in the equation above.
23223 \begin_layout Standard
23224 A macro is created by executing the command
23227 \begin_layout Standard
23234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23257 \begin_inset space ~
23261 \begin_inset space ~
23267 \begin_layout Standard
23268 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23269 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23270 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23271 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23275 \begin_layout Standard
23276 We have three arguments and name the macro
23277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23284 , so that the command is:
23287 \begin_layout Standard
23294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23319 \begin_layout Standard
23320 This results in the following macro definition box:
23321 \begin_inset Graphics
23322 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23327 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23328 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23329 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23333 \begin_inset Note Note
23336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23337 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23338 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23346 \begin_layout Standard
23347 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23348 the math panel or commands.
23349 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23350 followed by the argument number, e.
23351 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23355 \begin_inset space \space{}
23359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23368 for the first argument.
23369 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23370 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23371 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23372 in LyX with its full size.
23373 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23374 In our example we insert the sequence
23375 \begin_inset Newline newline
23403 \begin_inset Newline newline
23408 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23411 \begin_layout Standard
23412 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23427 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23430 \begin_layout Standard
23432 \begin_inset Graphics
23433 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23440 \begin_layout Standard
23441 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23442 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23443 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23444 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23445 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23448 \begin_layout Standard
23449 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23450 to the new definition.
23451 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23452 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23456 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23460 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23464 \begin_inset Formula \[
23472 \begin_layout Standard
23473 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23477 \begin_layout Standard
23491 \begin_inset Newline newline
23498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23524 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23527 \begin_layout Standard
23528 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23529 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23530 definition box in your document.
23531 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23533 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23535 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23540 \begin_layout Section
23544 \begin_layout Subsection
23549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23558 \begin_layout Standard
23559 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23560 To set a font in a formula, use the
23563 \begin_inset space ~
23569 \begin_inset Graphics
23570 filename ../images/math/font.png
23574 , or enter its command, listed in table
23575 \begin_inset space ~
23579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23581 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23588 \begin_layout Standard
23589 \begin_inset Float table
23594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23595 \begin_inset Caption
23597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23600 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23604 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23614 \begin_inset Tabular
23615 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23617 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23618 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23650 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23677 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23704 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23737 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23764 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23791 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23825 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23852 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23886 \begin_layout Standard
23887 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23895 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23911 \begin_layout Standard
23912 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23913 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23918 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23919 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23920 Here an example where a
23921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23932 denotes the set of numbers:
23933 \begin_inset Formula \[
23934 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23941 \begin_layout Standard
23942 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23944 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23948 \begin_inset space \space{}
23960 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23964 \begin_inset Newline newline
23967 So better don't use this feature.
23970 \begin_layout Standard
23971 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23972 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23976 \begin_inset Newline newline
23979 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23985 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23986 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23992 \begin_layout Standard
23999 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24002 \begin_layout Standard
24003 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24005 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24006 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24008 \begin_inset space ~
24016 \begin_layout Subsection
24021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24030 \begin_layout Standard
24031 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24033 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24037 \begin_inset space ~
24041 \begin_inset space ~
24049 \begin_inset space ~
24055 \begin_inset Graphics
24056 filename ../images/math/font.png
24063 \begin_inset space ~
24069 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24070 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24071 Here is an example:
24072 \begin_inset Formula \[
24074 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24075 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24082 \begin_layout Subsection
24087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24096 \begin_layout Standard
24097 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24098 automatically chosen in most situations.
24116 For most characters,
24124 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24125 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24130 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24131 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24132 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24133 \begin_inset Graphics
24134 filename ../images/math/style.png
24139 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24140 For example, you can set
24141 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24144 , which is normally in
24153 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24157 The four styles are used in the following example:
24160 \begin_layout Standard
24161 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24165 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24169 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24173 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24179 \begin_layout Standard
24180 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24181 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24183 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24185 \begin_inset space ~
24190 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24191 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24192 will be adjusted to correspond.
24193 As example a formula in the font size
24194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24204 \begin_layout Standard
24208 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24214 \begin_layout Section
24218 \begin_layout Standard
24219 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24220 the document classes and into layout modules.
24224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24230 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24231 other than the AMS classes.
24233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24235 reference "sub:Modules"
24239 for more on layout modules.
24242 \begin_layout Section
24247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24266 \begin_layout Standard
24267 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24268 (AMS) that are in common use.
24271 \begin_layout Subsection
24272 Enabling AMS-Support
24275 \begin_layout Standard
24276 Selecting the checkbox
24279 \begin_inset space ~
24283 \begin_inset space ~
24287 \begin_inset space ~
24294 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24302 Document ! Settings
24310 \begin_inset space ~
24315 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24317 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24318 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24321 \begin_layout Subsection
24323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24325 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24334 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24342 \begin_layout Standard
24343 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24344 LyX allows you to choose between
24365 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24368 \begin_layout Chapter
24372 \begin_layout Section
24377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24386 name "sec:Cross-References"
24393 \begin_layout Standard
24394 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24395 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24397 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24398 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24399 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24402 \begin_layout Enumerate
24406 \begin_layout Enumerate
24407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24409 name "enu:Second-item"
24416 \begin_layout Enumerate
24420 \begin_layout Standard
24421 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24423 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24426 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24427 \begin_inset Graphics
24428 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24434 A grey label box like this:
24435 \begin_inset Graphics
24436 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24441 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24442 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24477 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24482 \begin_inset space \space{}
24485 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24500 \begin_layout Standard
24501 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24506 or the toolbar button
24507 \begin_inset Graphics
24508 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24514 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24515 \begin_inset Graphics
24516 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24521 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24523 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24536 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24538 Here is our cross-reference:
24541 \begin_layout Standard
24543 \begin_inset space ~
24547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24549 reference "enu:Second-item"
24556 \begin_layout Standard
24557 It is recommended to use a protected space
24561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24562 described in section
24563 \begin_inset space ~
24567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24569 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24578 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24582 \begin_layout Standard
24583 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24586 \begin_layout Description
24587 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24590 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24597 \begin_layout Description
24598 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24599 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24611 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24618 \begin_layout Description
24619 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24620 \begin_inset space ~
24624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24625 LatexCommand pageref
24626 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24633 \begin_layout Description
24635 \begin_inset space ~
24639 \begin_inset space ~
24642 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24644 LatexCommand vpageref
24645 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24652 \begin_layout Description
24654 \begin_inset space ~
24658 \begin_inset space ~
24662 \begin_inset space ~
24665 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24669 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24676 \begin_layout Description
24678 \begin_inset space ~
24681 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24682 \begin_inset Newline newline
24686 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24694 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24703 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24716 \begin_layout Standard
24717 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24718 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24724 \begin_inset space \space{}
24728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24742 \begin_layout Standard
24743 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24744 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24745 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24749 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24753 \begin_layout Standard
24754 You can only use the style
24758 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24762 is always possible.
24765 \begin_layout Standard
24766 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24767 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24768 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24769 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24770 \begin_inset space ~
24774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24776 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24783 \begin_layout Standard
24787 \begin_inset space ~
24791 \begin_inset space ~
24796 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24797 The button text changes then to
24800 \begin_inset space ~
24805 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24806 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24807 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24811 \begin_layout Standard
24812 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24813 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24814 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24817 \begin_layout Standard
24818 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24819 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24822 \begin_layout Standard
24823 References are described in detail in the
24830 \begin_layout Section
24831 Table of Contents and other Listings
24835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24861 \begin_layout Subsection
24863 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24865 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24872 \begin_layout Standard
24873 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24875 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24876 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24878 \begin_inset space ~
24882 \begin_inset space ~
24888 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24889 If you click on it, the
24893 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24894 sections in your documents.
24895 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24897 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24900 that is described in sec.
24901 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24907 reference "sec:Navigating"
24914 \begin_layout Standard
24915 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24916 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24918 \begin_inset space ~
24922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24924 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24928 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24930 \begin_inset space ~
24934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24936 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24940 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24942 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24945 \begin_layout Subsection
24946 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24949 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24956 \begin_layout Standard
24957 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24958 You can insert them via the
24960 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24962 \begin_inset space ~
24966 \begin_inset space ~
24972 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24975 \begin_layout Section
24976 URLs and Hyperlinks
24980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24999 \begin_layout Subsection
25001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25010 \begin_layout Standard
25011 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25013 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25019 \begin_layout Standard
25020 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25021 \begin_inset Flex URL
25024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25034 \begin_layout Standard
25035 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25041 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25045 \begin_layout Standard
25046 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25054 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25062 \begin_layout Subsection
25064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25066 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25073 \begin_layout Standard
25074 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25076 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25079 or with the toolbar button
25080 \begin_inset Graphics
25081 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25082 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25087 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25096 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25097 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25098 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25100 name "LyX's homepage"
25101 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25105 , an Email address like this:
25106 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25108 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25109 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25114 , or a link to a file.
25117 \begin_layout Standard
25118 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25131 to the link target.
25134 \begin_layout Standard
25135 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25136 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25137 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25138 the text style dialog.
25139 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25143 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25145 name "LyX's homepage"
25146 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25153 \begin_layout Standard
25154 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25158 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25160 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25161 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25165 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25167 \begin_inset Newline newline
25175 \begin_inset Newline newline
25182 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25185 \begin_layout Section
25190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25199 name "sec:Appendices"
25206 \begin_layout Standard
25207 Appendices are created with the menu
25209 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25211 \begin_inset space ~
25215 \begin_inset space ~
25221 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25222 as appendix region.
25223 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25226 \begin_layout Standard
25227 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25228 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25229 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25230 and the subsection number.
25231 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25235 \begin_layout Standard
25237 \begin_inset space ~
25241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25243 reference "cha:Credits"
25248 \begin_inset space ~
25252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25254 reference "sub:Export"
25261 \begin_layout Section
25266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25275 name "sec:Bibliography"
25282 \begin_layout Standard
25283 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25284 You can include a bibliography database,
25288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25289 Known under the name
25290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25302 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25303 manually, using the paragraph environment
25307 , which was described in section
25308 \begin_inset space ~
25312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25314 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25319 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25320 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25324 use a bibliography database.
25327 \begin_layout Subsection
25328 The Bibliography Environment
25331 \begin_layout Standard
25336 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25338 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25347 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25349 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25358 , a short form of its title, as key.
25361 \begin_layout Standard
25362 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25364 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25367 or the toolbar button
25368 \begin_inset Graphics
25369 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25370 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25375 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25376 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25377 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25378 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25382 \begin_layout Standard
25383 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25384 with surrounding brackets.
25389 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25390 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25402 \begin_layout Standard
25405 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25408 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25410 key "latexcompanion"
25417 \begin_layout Standard
25418 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25419 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25428 \begin_layout Subsection
25429 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25434 Bibliography ! Databases
25443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25444 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25452 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25459 \begin_layout Standard
25460 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25466 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25468 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25469 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25474 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25476 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25477 your working field in a database.
25478 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25479 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25481 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25485 \begin_layout Standard
25486 The database is a text file with the file extension
25487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25498 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25499 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25500 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25502 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25507 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25508 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25509 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25510 \begin_inset Flex URL
25513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25515 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25523 \begin_layout Standard
25524 To use a database, use the menu
25526 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25531 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25544 \begin_inset space ~
25550 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25551 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25554 Add bibliography to TOC
25556 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25561 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25564 \begin_layout Standard
25565 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25577 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25578 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25579 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25581 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25587 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25588 \begin_inset Newline newline
25592 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25594 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25606 \begin_layout Standard
25607 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25610 \begin_layout Standard
25611 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25612 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25615 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25643 \begin_inset space ~
25649 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25655 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25664 \begin_layout Standard
25665 When you select the option
25667 Sectioned bibliography
25671 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25674 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25675 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25677 Customizing Bibliographies
25690 \begin_layout Standard
25691 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25692 the two methods of creating them.
25693 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25694 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25695 We used the style file
25699 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25702 \begin_layout Subsection
25703 Bibliography layout
25707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25708 Bibliography ! Layout
25716 \begin_layout Standard
25717 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25718 For this feature you need to enable the option
25724 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25732 Document ! Settings
25742 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25743 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25744 in the previous section.
25747 \begin_layout Standard
25748 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25749 in the citation reference window.
25750 Here an example where we set the text
25751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25755 \begin_inset space ~
25759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25762 to appear after the reference:
25765 \begin_layout Standard
25767 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25770 key "latexcompanion"
25777 \begin_layout Section
25782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25798 \begin_layout Standard
25799 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25801 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25803 \begin_inset space ~
25808 or the toolbar button
25809 \begin_inset Graphics
25810 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25811 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25828 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25829 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25830 by LyX as index entry.
25833 \begin_layout Standard
25834 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25835 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25837 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25839 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25846 \begin_layout Standard
25847 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25850 \begin_layout Standard
25851 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25853 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25855 \begin_inset space ~
25859 \begin_inset space ~
25862 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25864 \begin_inset space ~
25870 A light blue box labeled
25871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25882 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25883 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25886 \begin_layout Subsection
25887 Grouping Index Entries
25891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25900 \begin_layout Standard
25901 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25903 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25904 lists under the entry
25905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25913 First we create the entry
25914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25922 \begin_inset space ~
25926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25928 reference "sub:Lists"
25933 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25934 \begin_inset space ~
25938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25940 reference "sec:Itemize"
25944 , we insert the command
25947 \begin_layout Standard
25953 \begin_layout Standard
25957 \begin_layout Standard
25963 \begin_layout Standard
25964 for the enumerated list in section
25965 \begin_inset space ~
25969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25971 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25978 \begin_layout Standard
25979 The exclamation mark
25980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25987 marks the grouping levels.
25988 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25989 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25990 If we don't have an index entry for
25991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25998 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26001 \begin_layout Subsection
26006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26007 Index ! Page ranges
26015 \begin_layout Standard
26016 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26018 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26019 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26021 \begin_inset space ~
26025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26027 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26034 \begin_layout Standard
26037 Paragraph environments|(
26040 \begin_layout Standard
26041 and another entry at the end of section
26042 \begin_inset space ~
26046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26048 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26055 \begin_layout Standard
26058 Paragraph environments|)
26061 \begin_layout Standard
26063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26086 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26087 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26088 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26089 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26090 An example is the index entry
26091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26094 Document ! Settings
26095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26101 \begin_layout Subsection
26106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26107 Index ! Cross referencing
26115 \begin_layout Standard
26116 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26117 We referred for example in the index entry
26118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26126 \begin_inset space ~
26130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26132 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26136 ) to the index entry
26137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26144 in the same section using the entry
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26150 GIF|see{Image formats}
26153 \begin_layout Standard
26154 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26155 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26156 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26159 \begin_layout Subsection
26164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26165 Index ! Entry order
26173 \begin_layout Standard
26174 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26175 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26176 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26181 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26183 \begin_inset space ~
26187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26189 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26198 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26199 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26228 Dummy entries ! maïs
26237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26238 Dummy entries ! maître
26247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26248 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26253 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26254 order maïs, maison, maître.
26255 To achieve this, we use the command
26258 \begin_layout Standard
26261 previous entry@current entry
26264 \begin_layout Standard
26265 In our case we want to have
26266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26281 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26284 \begin_layout Standard
26290 \begin_layout Standard
26291 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26292 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26296 \begin_layout Subsection
26301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26302 Index ! Entry layout
26310 \begin_layout Standard
26311 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26318 This is an italic dummy entry
26323 You can also format the page number using the character
26324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26331 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26332 We can write for example
26335 \begin_layout Standard
26338 italic page number:|textit
26341 \begin_layout Standard
26342 to get the page number in italic.
26346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26347 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26352 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26370 \begin_inset space ~
26376 Have a look at section
26377 \begin_inset space ~
26381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26383 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26387 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26391 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26399 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26403 to generate the index, see section
26404 \begin_inset space ~
26408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26410 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26419 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26420 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26422 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26425 key "latexcompanion"
26437 \begin_layout Standard
26438 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26440 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26441 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26442 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26443 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26444 If so, put the following in preamble
26447 \begin_layout Standard
26459 \begin_layout Standard
26463 \begin_layout Standard
26469 \begin_layout Standard
26470 into the index entry.
26474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26475 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26480 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26481 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26482 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26485 \begin_layout Standard
26486 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26492 \begin_inset space \space{}
26495 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26496 for all index entries.
26497 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26509 documentation for details,
26510 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26512 key "makeindex,xindy"
26519 \begin_layout Subsection
26524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26533 name "sub:Index-Program"
26540 \begin_layout Standard
26541 When the index entry program
26545 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26546 generation, otherwise the program
26550 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26551 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26552 dialog, see section
26553 \begin_inset space ~
26557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26559 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26564 The available options are listed and explained in
26565 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26567 key "makeindex,xindy"
26572 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26575 \begin_layout Standard
26580 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26581 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26583 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26585 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26586 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26594 \begin_layout Section
26595 Nomenclature / Glossary
26599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26638 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26640 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26647 \begin_layout Standard
26648 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26649 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26653 \begin_layout Standard
26654 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26663 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26669 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26670 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26676 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26679 \begin_layout Standard
26680 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26681 and then use the menu
26683 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26689 \begin_inset space ~
26694 or the toolbar button
26695 \begin_inset Graphics
26696 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26697 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26714 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26717 \begin_layout Standard
26718 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26719 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26720 The second is the description of the symbol.
26723 \begin_layout Standard
26724 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26732 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26740 \begin_layout Subsection
26741 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26746 Nomenclature ! Layout
26754 \begin_layout Standard
26755 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26759 field as LaTeX-formula.
26761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26765 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26773 \begin_inset Newline newline
26781 \begin_inset Newline newline
26787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26794 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26795 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26807 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26817 \begin_layout Standard
26818 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26819 \begin_inset space ~
26823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26825 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26832 \begin_layout Standard
26836 \begin_inset space ~
26841 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26842 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26847 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26854 in this document is:
26855 \begin_inset Newline newline
26860 dummy entry for the character
26865 \begin_inset Newline newline
26877 \begin_inset space ~
26887 font use the command
26916 \begin_layout Subsection
26917 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26922 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26930 \begin_layout Standard
26931 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26932 the symbol definition.
26933 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26934 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26937 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26938 LatexCommand nomenclature
26940 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26947 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26951 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26952 LatexCommand nomenclature
26955 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26960 They will be sorted by
26961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26987 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26990 will be sorted before the
26994 since the character
26995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27002 is considered in sorting.
27005 \begin_layout Standard
27006 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27009 \begin_inset space ~
27014 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27015 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27017 For the given example, you can insert
27021 to this field for the
27022 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27029 will be located before
27030 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27036 \begin_layout Standard
27037 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27042 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27051 \begin_layout Subsection
27052 Nomenclature Options
27056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27057 Nomenclature ! Options
27065 \begin_layout Standard
27070 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27071 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27074 \begin_layout Description
27075 refeq Appends the phrase
27076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27091 to every nomenclature entry, where
27097 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27100 \begin_layout Description
27101 refpage Appends the phrase
27102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27117 to every nomenclature entry, where
27123 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27126 \begin_layout Description
27127 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27130 \begin_layout Standard
27131 There are furthermore the options
27175 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27179 \begin_layout Standard
27180 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27181 class options list in the
27183 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27187 In this document the options
27198 \begin_layout Standard
27199 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27205 \begin_layout Standard
27206 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27207 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27212 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27215 \begin_layout Description
27225 \begin_layout Description
27228 nomrefpage Like the
27235 \begin_layout Description
27238 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27247 \begin_layout Description
27251 \begin_inset space ~
27257 \begin_inset space ~
27262 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27265 \begin_layout Subsection
27266 Printing the Nomenclature
27270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27271 Nomenclature ! Printing
27279 \begin_layout Standard
27280 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27284 \begin_inset space ~
27288 \begin_inset space ~
27291 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27295 A light blue box labeled
27296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27307 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27308 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27311 \begin_layout Standard
27312 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27321 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27329 For example, in order to change the name to
27333 , add the following line to the preamble:
27336 \begin_layout Standard
27344 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27347 \begin_layout Standard
27348 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27354 \begin_layout Standard
27355 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27356 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27359 \begin_layout Standard
27367 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27370 \begin_layout Standard
27373 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27374 \begin_inset space ~
27378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27380 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27385 The default value is 1
27386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27392 \begin_layout Section
27397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27408 Document ! Branches
27414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27416 name "sec:Branches"
27423 \begin_layout Standard
27424 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27425 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27426 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27427 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27430 \begin_layout Standard
27431 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27432 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27433 To create a branch, go in the
27435 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27443 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27444 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27447 \begin_layout Standard
27448 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27449 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27451 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27454 where you can choose a branch.
27455 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27458 \begin_layout Standard
27459 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27460 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27463 \begin_layout Standard
27464 \begin_inset Branch Question
27467 \begin_layout Standard
27468 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27476 \begin_layout Standard
27477 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27480 \begin_layout Standard
27481 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27489 \begin_layout Standard
27490 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27496 \begin_layout Standard
27497 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27498 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27500 For example you can define for the question branch
27504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27505 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27506 \begin_inset space ~
27510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27512 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27534 \begin_layout Standard
27544 \begin_layout Standard
27545 and for the answer branch
27548 \begin_layout Standard
27558 \begin_layout Standard
27568 \begin_layout Standard
27569 \begin_inset Branch Question
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27604 \begin_layout Standard
27605 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27608 \begin_layout Standard
27612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27640 \begin_layout Standard
27641 Now it is possible to use the commands
27645 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27652 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27655 to obtain conditional output.
27656 Here is an example formula where only the
27663 \begin_inset Formula \[
27664 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27671 \begin_layout Standard
27672 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27673 \begin_inset space ~
27677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27679 reference "sec:math-macros"
27686 \begin_layout Section
27688 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27690 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27707 \begin_layout Standard
27712 dialog provides under
27716 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27717 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27726 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27734 \begin_layout Standard
27739 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27740 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27741 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27743 You can specify in the dialog tab
27747 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27749 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27750 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27754 \begin_layout Standard
27759 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27760 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27761 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27763 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27764 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27766 \begin_inset space ~
27769 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27770 \begin_inset space ~
27773 1 will only display the sections.
27776 \begin_layout Standard
27777 The header informations in the dialog tab
27781 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27782 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27783 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27787 \begin_inset space \space{}
27790 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27791 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27794 Automatic fill header
27796 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27797 title and author settings.
27800 \begin_layout Standard
27803 Load in fullscreen mode
27805 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27808 \begin_layout Standard
27809 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27810 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27816 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27817 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27826 \begin_layout Section
27827 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27830 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27837 \begin_layout Subsection
27842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27851 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27858 \begin_layout Standard
27859 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27860 constructs, but not all.
27861 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27862 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27863 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27864 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27865 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27869 \begin_layout Standard
27870 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27872 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27876 \begin_inset space ~
27881 or by the toolbar button
27882 \begin_inset Graphics
27883 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27888 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27892 \begin_layout Standard
27893 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27894 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27895 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27902 , you can write the command part
27908 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27912 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27913 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27914 the following example:
27917 \begin_layout Standard
27918 \begin_inset Graphics
27919 filename clipart/ERT.png
27927 \begin_layout Standard
27931 \begin_layout Standard
27932 This is a line with a
27936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27959 \begin_layout Standard
27960 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27968 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27969 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27977 \begin_layout Subsection
27978 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27979 \begin_inset OptArg
27982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28001 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28008 \begin_layout Standard
28009 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28010 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28011 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28020 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28021 every time if you know the right commands.
28023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28027 \begin_inset space \space{}
28030 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
28031 the end of the day.
28032 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28033 all caption labels bold.
28034 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28036 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
28039 \begin_layout Standard
28040 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28041 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
28042 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28044 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28053 \begin_layout Standard
28054 As result you know that the package
28062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28063 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28069 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28071 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28077 \begin_layout Standard
28082 usepackage[options]{package name}
28085 \begin_layout Standard
28086 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28087 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28088 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28091 \begin_layout Standard
28092 In your case the package name is
28097 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28102 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28103 So you add the command
28106 \begin_layout Standard
28111 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28114 \begin_layout Standard
28115 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28120 For more commands provided by the
28124 package, have a look at its documentation,
28125 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28139 \begin_layout Standard
28140 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28142 For example if you use a
28146 class, you don't need the package
28150 , you can instead write
28153 \begin_layout Standard
28158 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28163 \begin_layout Standard
28164 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28165 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28166 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28173 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28176 \begin_layout Standard
28177 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28178 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28180 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28181 the previous section.
28184 \begin_layout Standard
28185 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28187 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28189 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28197 \begin_layout Section
28198 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28201 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28228 \begin_layout Standard
28229 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28230 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28231 to break your train of thought with
28233 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28239 \begin_layout Standard
28240 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28241 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28250 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28255 as explained below, and turn on
28258 \begin_inset space ~
28265 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28271 \begin_inset space ~
28275 \begin_inset space ~
28278 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28284 \begin_layout Standard
28285 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28287 Previews of an already loaded document are
28291 generated just by selecting the
28294 \begin_inset space ~
28299 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28302 \begin_layout Standard
28303 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28304 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28307 \begin_inset space ~
28312 check box in the insert dialog.
28313 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28317 \begin_layout Standard
28318 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28322 (on some systems named simply
28327 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28329 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28335 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28336 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28344 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28348 \begin_layout Standard
28349 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28355 \begin_layout Standard
28356 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28360 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28362 \begin_inset space ~
28367 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28368 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28370 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28371 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28372 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28373 the source view window.
28376 \begin_layout Section
28378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28380 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28397 \begin_layout Standard
28398 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28399 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28416 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28422 can be seen as successor of
28426 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28431 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28432 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28440 \begin_layout Standard
28441 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28442 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28449 \begin_layout Standard
28452 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28455 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28456 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28457 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28458 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28459 scrolled so that it is visible.
28464 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28466 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28470 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28471 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28474 \begin_layout Standard
28475 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28478 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28482 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28483 will bring an error message.
28484 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28485 specifying a different
28487 Alternative language
28489 in preferences dialog.
28492 \begin_layout Standard
28493 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28496 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28500 \begin_layout Standard
28501 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28502 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28504 But you can use the
28507 \begin_inset space ~
28511 \begin_inset space ~
28519 \begin_layout Standard
28520 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28521 This does work with
28525 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28528 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28532 \begin_layout Standard
28537 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28540 \begin_layout Description
28542 \begin_inset space ~
28545 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28546 should consider, e.
28547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28551 \begin_inset space \space{}
28554 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28555 This should not normally be needed.
28558 \begin_layout Description
28560 \begin_inset space ~
28563 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28564 as your personal dictionary
28567 \begin_layout Description
28569 \begin_inset space ~
28573 \begin_inset space ~
28576 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28588 \begin_layout Description
28590 \begin_inset space ~
28594 \begin_inset space ~
28597 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28599 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28606 also for the spellchecker.
28610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28611 The encodings are explained in section
28612 \begin_inset space ~
28616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28618 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28627 Only enable this if you use
28631 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28632 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28633 so this is disabled by default.
28636 \begin_layout Section
28641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28650 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28657 \begin_layout Standard
28658 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28661 \begin_layout Standard
28662 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28665 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28668 or the toolbar button
28669 \begin_inset Graphics
28670 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28671 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28672 rotateOrigin center
28677 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28681 \begin_layout Standard
28682 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28683 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28684 cases to find related words.
28687 \begin_layout Standard
28688 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28690 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28698 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28707 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28726 \begin_layout Section
28731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28742 Document ! Change Tracking
28748 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28750 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28757 \begin_layout Standard
28758 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28759 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28760 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28761 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28763 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28765 \begin_inset space ~
28768 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28770 \begin_inset space ~
28778 \begin_layout Standard
28779 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28788 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28791 \begin_inset space ~
28795 \begin_inset space ~
28808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28817 \begin_layout Standard
28818 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28831 \begin_layout Standard
28832 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28838 \begin_layout Standard
28839 \begin_inset Graphics
28840 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28847 \begin_layout Standard
28848 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28854 \begin_layout Standard
28855 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28859 \begin_layout Standard
28860 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28866 \begin_layout Standard
28867 \begin_inset Tabular
28868 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28869 <features islongtable="true">
28870 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28871 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28872 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28877 \begin_inset Graphics
28878 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28880 rotateOrigin center
28889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28895 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28897 \begin_inset space ~
28900 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28902 \begin_inset space ~
28911 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28916 \begin_inset Graphics
28917 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28918 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28919 rotateOrigin center
28928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28934 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28936 \begin_inset space ~
28939 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28941 \begin_inset space ~
28945 \begin_inset space ~
28949 \begin_inset space ~
28958 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28963 \begin_inset Graphics
28964 filename ../images/change-next.png
28965 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28966 rotateOrigin center
28975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28979 Jumps to the next change
28985 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28990 \begin_inset Graphics
28991 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28992 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28993 rotateOrigin center
29002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29008 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29010 \begin_inset space ~
29013 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29015 \begin_inset space ~
29024 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29029 \begin_inset Graphics
29030 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29031 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29032 rotateOrigin center
29041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29047 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29049 \begin_inset space ~
29052 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29054 \begin_inset space ~
29063 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29068 \begin_inset Graphics
29069 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29070 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29071 rotateOrigin center
29080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29086 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29088 \begin_inset space ~
29091 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29093 \begin_inset space ~
29102 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29107 \begin_inset Graphics
29108 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29109 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29110 rotateOrigin center
29119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29125 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29127 \begin_inset space ~
29130 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29132 \begin_inset space ~
29136 \begin_inset space ~
29145 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29150 \begin_inset Graphics
29151 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29152 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29153 rotateOrigin center
29162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29168 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29170 \begin_inset space ~
29173 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29175 \begin_inset space ~
29179 \begin_inset space ~
29188 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29193 \begin_inset Graphics
29194 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29195 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29196 rotateOrigin center
29205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29211 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29212 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29214 \begin_inset space ~
29223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29228 \begin_inset Graphics
29229 filename ../images/note-next.png
29230 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29231 rotateOrigin center
29240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29246 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29248 \begin_inset space ~
29264 \begin_layout Standard
29265 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29271 \begin_layout Standard
29272 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29273 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29274 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29275 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29276 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29277 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29278 step to the next change.
29279 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29282 \begin_layout Standard
29283 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29284 to describe a change.
29287 \begin_layout Standard
29288 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29297 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29303 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29304 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29310 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29313 \begin_layout Section
29314 International Support
29318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29319 International support
29327 \begin_layout Standard
29328 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29329 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29330 how to set up LyX to use them:
29331 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29333 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29340 \begin_layout Standard
29341 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29342 \begin_inset space ~
29346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29348 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29355 \begin_layout Subsection
29360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29371 Document ! Settings
29380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29381 Document ! Language
29389 \begin_layout Standard
29392 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29395 dialog lets you set
29397 the language and character encoding for your language.
29401 \begin_layout Standard
29402 Choose your language in the
29406 section of this dialog.
29414 \begin_layout Standard
29419 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29423 use language's default encoding
29425 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29426 For details about the different encoding options see section
29427 \begin_inset space ~
29431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29433 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29440 \begin_layout Subsection
29441 Keyboard mapping configuration
29442 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29444 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29451 \begin_layout Standard
29452 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29453 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29454 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29455 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29456 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29458 \begin_inset space ~
29462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29464 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29469 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29470 which one you want to use.
29473 \begin_layout Standard
29474 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29475 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29476 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29477 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29478 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29479 one to support the characters you want.
29480 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29487 \begin_layout Subsection
29491 \begin_layout Standard
29493 \begin_inset space ~
29497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29499 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29508 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29512 \begin_layout Standard
29513 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29514 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29522 \begin_layout Itemize
29523 Even if you have selected
29529 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29532 dialog, users who have only the
29536 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29540 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29541 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29542 french quotes won't show up.
29545 \begin_layout Standard
29546 \begin_inset Float table
29551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29552 \begin_inset Caption
29554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29557 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29575 \begin_inset Tabular
29576 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29578 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29579 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29580 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29581 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29582 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29583 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29584 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29585 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29586 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29587 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29588 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29589 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29590 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29591 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29592 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29593 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34007 \begin_layout Standard
34008 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34010 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34011 also the characters from
34023 \begin_layout Itemize
34032 \begin_layout Standard
34033 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34034 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34040 \begin_layout Standard
34041 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34042 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34048 \begin_layout Standard
34049 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34050 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34056 \begin_layout Standard
34057 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34058 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34064 \begin_layout Standard
34066 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34072 \begin_layout Standard
34074 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34080 \begin_layout Standard
34082 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34089 \begin_layout Itemize
34102 \begin_layout Standard
34104 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34110 \begin_layout Standard
34112 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34118 \begin_layout Standard
34120 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34126 \begin_layout Standard
34128 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34134 \begin_layout Standard
34136 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34142 \begin_layout Standard
34144 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34151 \begin_layout Standard
34152 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34153 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34154 Also make sure you're using the
34161 \begin_layout Chapter
34164 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34166 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34173 \begin_layout Standard
34174 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34175 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34176 inside the user's guide.
34179 \begin_layout Section
34184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34193 \begin_layout Standard
34198 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34199 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34202 \begin_layout Subsection
34206 \begin_layout Standard
34207 Creates a new document.
34210 \begin_layout Subsection
34214 \begin_layout Standard
34215 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34216 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34217 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34220 \begin_layout Subsection
34224 \begin_layout Standard
34228 \begin_layout Subsection
34232 \begin_layout Standard
34233 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34234 Click there on a file to open it.
34237 \begin_layout Subsection
34241 \begin_layout Standard
34242 Closes the current document.
34245 \begin_layout Subsection
34249 \begin_layout Standard
34250 Saves the actual document.
34253 \begin_layout Subsection
34257 \begin_layout Standard
34258 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34261 \begin_layout Subsection
34265 \begin_layout Standard
34266 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34269 \begin_layout Subsection
34273 \begin_layout Standard
34274 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34275 It is described in the section
34277 Version Control in LyX
34282 \begin_inset space ~
34290 \begin_layout Subsection
34294 \begin_layout Standard
34295 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34296 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34297 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34300 \begin_layout Standard
34301 When using the menu
34304 \begin_inset space ~
34308 \begin_inset space ~
34313 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34314 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34315 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34316 will start a new paragraph.
34319 \begin_layout Subsection
34321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34330 \begin_layout Standard
34331 You can export your document to various file formats.
34332 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34333 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34334 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34337 \begin_layout Standard
34338 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34340 \begin_inset space ~
34344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34346 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34353 \begin_layout Description
34357 \begin_inset space ~
34362 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34363 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34366 \begin_layout Description
34374 \begin_layout Description
34375 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34379 \begin_layout Description
34381 \begin_inset space ~
34385 \begin_inset space ~
34388 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34392 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34400 \begin_layout Description
34407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34415 \begin_inset space ~
34420 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34421 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34425 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34428 \begin_layout Description
34435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34443 \begin_inset space ~
34448 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34449 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34457 \begin_layout Description
34459 \begin_inset space ~
34462 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34470 is replaced by the version number)
34473 \begin_layout Description
34474 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34487 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34491 \begin_layout Description
34496 PDF-format using the program
34501 \begin_layout Description
34505 \begin_inset space ~
34510 PDF-format using the program
34515 \begin_layout Description
34519 \begin_inset space ~
34524 PDF-format using the program
34529 \begin_layout Description
34533 \begin_inset space ~
34541 \begin_layout Description
34545 \begin_inset space ~
34549 \begin_inset space ~
34554 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34555 and then exported as text using the program
34560 \begin_layout Description
34565 PostScript format using the program
34570 \begin_layout Description
34578 \begin_layout Standard
34583 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34584 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34590 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34593 \begin_layout Standard
34594 If one of the menu entries
34601 \begin_inset space ~
34610 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34611 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34612 \begin_inset space ~
34616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34618 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34627 Reconfiguration of LyX
34635 \begin_layout Standard
34640 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34641 the export program.
34644 \begin_layout Subsection
34648 \begin_layout Standard
34649 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34650 or send it to a printer.
34651 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34652 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34658 For more informations have a look at section
34659 \begin_inset space ~
34663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34665 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34672 \begin_layout Subsection
34673 New and Close Window
34676 \begin_layout Standard
34677 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34678 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34681 \begin_layout Section
34686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34695 \begin_layout Subsection
34699 \begin_layout Standard
34700 Described in section
34701 \begin_inset space ~
34705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34707 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34714 \begin_layout Subsection
34715 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34718 \begin_layout Standard
34719 Described in section
34720 \begin_inset space ~
34724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34726 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34733 \begin_layout Subsection
34737 \begin_layout Standard
34738 Selects the whole document.
34741 \begin_layout Subsection
34745 \begin_layout Standard
34746 Described in section
34747 \begin_inset space ~
34751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34753 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34760 \begin_layout Subsection
34761 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34764 \begin_layout Standard
34765 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34769 \begin_layout Subsection
34773 \begin_layout Standard
34774 Described in section
34775 \begin_inset space ~
34779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34781 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34788 \begin_layout Subsection
34793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34794 Paragraph ! Settings
34802 \begin_layout Standard
34803 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34805 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34808 \begin_layout Standard
34809 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34810 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34813 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34819 \begin_inset space ~
34827 \begin_layout Subsection
34831 \begin_layout Standard
34832 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34833 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34834 The properties of tables are described in section
34835 \begin_inset space ~
34839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34841 reference "sec:Tables"
34845 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34846 \begin_inset space ~
34850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34852 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34859 \begin_layout Subsection
34860 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34863 \begin_layout Standard
34864 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34866 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34867 \begin_inset space ~
34871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34873 reference "sec:Nesting"
34878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34880 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34887 \begin_layout Section
34892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34901 \begin_layout Standard
34906 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34907 document with an external program.
34908 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34909 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34910 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34911 \begin_inset space ~
34915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34917 reference "sub:Export"
34922 You should at least see the menu entries
34929 \begin_inset space ~
34935 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34936 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34937 \begin_inset space ~
34941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34943 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34952 Reconfiguration of LyX
34960 \begin_layout Standard
34961 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34962 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34963 \begin_inset space ~
34967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34969 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34974 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34977 \begin_layout Standard
34978 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34981 At the bottom of the
34985 menu the opened documents are listed.
34988 \begin_layout Subsection
34989 Open/Close all Insets
34992 \begin_layout Standard
34993 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34996 \begin_layout Subsection
34997 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35000 \begin_layout Standard
35001 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35004 \begin_layout Standard
35005 More about math macros will be described in the
35012 \begin_layout Subsection
35016 \begin_layout Standard
35017 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35019 \begin_inset space ~
35023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35025 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35032 \begin_layout Subsection
35036 \begin_layout Standard
35037 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35038 opening a new view window.
35041 \begin_layout Subsection
35045 \begin_layout Standard
35046 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35047 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35048 the same document, but at different positions.
35049 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35050 or more documents the same time.
35051 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35058 \begin_layout Subsection
35062 \begin_layout Standard
35063 Closes a split view.
35066 \begin_layout Subsection
35070 \begin_layout Standard
35071 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35072 that you will see nothing than your text.
35073 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35074 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35075 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35078 \begin_layout Subsection
35080 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35082 name "sub:Toolbars"
35090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35099 \begin_layout Standard
35100 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35101 All toolbars and the
35104 \begin_inset space ~
35109 can be turned on and off.
35114 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35126 \begin_inset space ~
35135 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35139 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35146 \begin_layout Standard
35151 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35155 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35156 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35157 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35158 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35159 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35162 \begin_layout Standard
35163 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35164 \begin_inset space ~
35168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35170 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35177 \begin_layout Section
35182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35191 \begin_layout Subsection
35195 \begin_layout Standard
35196 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35197 \begin_inset space ~
35201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35203 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35214 \begin_layout Subsection
35216 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35218 name "sub:Special-Character"
35225 \begin_layout Standard
35226 Here you can insert the following characters:
35229 \begin_layout Description
35230 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35231 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35232 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35233 \begin_inset Newline newline
35237 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35245 Not all characters will be visible in the
35249 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35251 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35257 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35261 ) can display every character.
35269 \begin_layout Description
35270 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35274 \begin_layout Description
35276 \begin_inset space ~
35280 \begin_inset space ~
35283 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35284 \begin_inset space ~
35288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35290 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35297 \begin_layout Description
35299 \begin_inset space ~
35302 Quote Inserts this quote:
35303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35306 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35318 \begin_layout Description
35320 \begin_inset space ~
35323 Quote Inserts this quote:
35324 \begin_inset Quotes els
35330 \begin_layout Description
35332 \begin_inset space ~
35335 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35339 \begin_layout Description
35341 \begin_inset space ~
35344 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35348 \begin_layout Description
35350 \begin_inset space ~
35353 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35357 \begin_layout Description
35359 \begin_inset space ~
35366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35377 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35382 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35383 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35384 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35393 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35399 \begin_inset Newline newline
35402 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35406 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35414 and this Wiki-page:
35415 \begin_inset Newline newline
35419 \begin_inset Flex URL
35422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35424 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35432 \begin_layout Subsection
35436 \begin_layout Standard
35437 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35440 \begin_layout Description
35441 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35442 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35448 \begin_layout Description
35449 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35450 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35456 \begin_layout Description
35458 \begin_inset space ~
35461 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35462 \begin_inset space ~
35466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35468 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35475 \begin_layout Description
35477 \begin_inset space ~
35480 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35481 \begin_inset space ~
35485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35487 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35494 \begin_layout Description
35496 \begin_inset space ~
35499 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35500 \begin_inset space ~
35504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35506 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35513 \begin_layout Description
35515 \begin_inset space ~
35518 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35519 \begin_inset space ~
35523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35525 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35532 \begin_layout Description
35534 \begin_inset space ~
35537 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35538 \begin_inset space ~
35542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35544 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35551 \begin_layout Description
35553 \begin_inset space ~
35556 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35557 \begin_inset space ~
35561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35563 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35570 \begin_layout Description
35572 \begin_inset space ~
35575 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35576 \begin_inset space ~
35580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35582 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35589 \begin_layout Description
35591 \begin_inset space ~
35594 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35595 \begin_inset space ~
35599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35601 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35608 \begin_layout Description
35610 \begin_inset space ~
35614 \begin_inset space ~
35617 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35618 \begin_inset space ~
35622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35624 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35631 \begin_layout Description
35633 \begin_inset space ~
35636 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35637 text line to the page border, see section
35638 \begin_inset space ~
35642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35644 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35651 \begin_layout Description
35653 \begin_inset space ~
35656 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35657 \begin_inset space ~
35661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35663 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35670 \begin_layout Description
35672 \begin_inset space ~
35675 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35676 text page to the page border, described in section
35677 \begin_inset space ~
35681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35683 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35690 \begin_layout Description
35692 \begin_inset space ~
35695 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35696 \begin_inset space ~
35700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35702 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35709 \begin_layout Description
35711 \begin_inset space ~
35715 \begin_inset space ~
35718 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35719 \begin_inset space ~
35723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35725 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35732 \begin_layout Subsection
35736 \begin_layout Standard
35737 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35738 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35740 \begin_inset space ~
35744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35746 reference "sec:toc"
35751 The index list is described in section
35752 \begin_inset space ~
35756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35758 reference "sec:Index"
35762 , the nomenclature in section
35763 \begin_inset space ~
35767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35769 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35773 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35774 \begin_inset space ~
35778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35780 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35787 \begin_layout Subsection
35791 \begin_layout Standard
35792 To insert floats, described in section
35793 \begin_inset space ~
35797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35799 reference "sec:Floats"
35806 \begin_layout Subsection
35810 \begin_layout Standard
35811 To insert notes, described in section
35812 \begin_inset space ~
35816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35818 reference "sec:Notes"
35825 \begin_layout Subsection
35829 \begin_layout Standard
35830 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35831 \begin_inset space ~
35835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35837 reference "sec:Branches"
35844 \begin_layout Subsection
35849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35858 \begin_layout Standard
35859 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35860 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35871 \begin_layout Subsection
35876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35885 \begin_layout Standard
35886 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35887 \begin_inset space ~
35891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35893 reference "sec:Minipages"
35898 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35909 \begin_layout Subsection
35913 \begin_layout Standard
35914 Inserts a citation as described in section
35915 \begin_inset space ~
35919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35921 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35928 \begin_layout Subsection
35932 \begin_layout Standard
35933 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35934 \begin_inset space ~
35938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35940 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35947 \begin_layout Subsection
35951 \begin_layout Standard
35952 Inserts a label as described in section
35953 \begin_inset space ~
35957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35959 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35966 \begin_layout Subsection
35971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35982 Longtables ! Caption
35990 \begin_layout Standard
35991 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35992 Floats are described in section
35993 \begin_inset space ~
35997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35999 reference "sec:Floats"
36003 , captions in longtables are described in section
36014 \begin_layout Subsection
36018 \begin_layout Standard
36019 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36020 \begin_inset space ~
36024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36026 reference "sec:Index"
36033 \begin_layout Subsection
36037 \begin_layout Standard
36038 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36039 \begin_inset space ~
36043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36045 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36052 \begin_layout Subsection
36056 \begin_layout Standard
36058 Tables are described in section
36059 \begin_inset space ~
36063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36065 reference "sec:Tables"
36072 \begin_layout Subsection
36076 \begin_layout Standard
36078 Graphics are described in section
36079 \begin_inset space ~
36083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36085 reference "sec:Graphics"
36092 \begin_layout Subsection
36096 \begin_layout Standard
36097 Inserts an URL as described in section
36098 \begin_inset space ~
36102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36104 reference "sub:URLs"
36111 \begin_layout Subsection
36115 \begin_layout Standard
36116 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36117 \begin_inset space ~
36121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36123 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36130 \begin_layout Subsection
36134 \begin_layout Standard
36135 Inserts a footnote, see section
36136 \begin_inset space ~
36140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36142 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36149 \begin_layout Subsection
36153 \begin_layout Standard
36154 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36155 \begin_inset space ~
36159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36161 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36168 \begin_layout Subsection
36172 \begin_layout Standard
36173 Inserts a short title, see section
36174 \begin_inset space ~
36178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36180 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36187 \begin_layout Subsection
36191 \begin_layout Standard
36192 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36193 \begin_inset space ~
36197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36199 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36206 \begin_layout Subsection
36211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36220 \begin_layout Standard
36221 Inserts a program listings box.
36222 Program listings are explained in chapter
36224 Program Code Listings
36233 \begin_layout Subsection
36237 \begin_layout Standard
36238 Inserts the actual date.
36239 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36241 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36251 There the different methods are also compared.
36254 \begin_layout Section
36259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36268 \begin_layout Standard
36269 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36270 \begin_inset space ~
36273 of the current document.
36274 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36277 \begin_layout Subsection
36281 \begin_layout Standard
36282 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36283 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36289 \begin_inset space \space{}
36293 \begin_inset space ~
36297 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36298 \begin_inset space ~
36301 2.5 and use the menu
36304 \begin_inset space ~
36308 \begin_inset space ~
36315 \begin_inset space ~
36321 \begin_inset space ~
36325 \begin_inset space ~
36331 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36335 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36341 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36347 \begin_layout Standard
36348 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36349 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36352 \begin_layout Subsection
36353 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36356 \begin_layout Standard
36357 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36361 \begin_layout Subsection
36365 \begin_layout Standard
36366 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36367 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36368 on a cross-reference box.
36371 \begin_layout Section
36376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36385 \begin_layout Subsection
36389 \begin_layout Standard
36390 Change Tracking is described in section
36391 \begin_inset space ~
36395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36397 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36404 \begin_layout Subsection
36409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36419 \begin_layout Standard
36420 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36422 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36425 \begin_layout Standard
36426 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36431 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36434 \begin_layout Subsection
36438 \begin_layout Standard
36439 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36440 \begin_inset space ~
36444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36446 reference "sec:Navigating"
36451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36453 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36460 \begin_layout Subsection
36461 Start Appendix Here
36464 \begin_layout Standard
36465 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36466 position as described in section
36467 \begin_inset space ~
36471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36473 reference "sec:Appendices"
36480 \begin_layout Subsection
36484 \begin_layout Standard
36485 Un/compresses the actual document.
36488 \begin_layout Subsection
36492 \begin_layout Standard
36493 The document settings are described in appendix
36494 \begin_inset space ~
36498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36500 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36507 \begin_layout Section
36512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36521 \begin_layout Subsection
36525 \begin_layout Standard
36526 Spell checking is explained in section
36527 \begin_inset space ~
36531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36533 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36540 \begin_layout Subsection
36544 \begin_layout Standard
36545 The thesaurus is described in section
36546 \begin_inset space ~
36550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36552 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36559 \begin_layout Subsection
36564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36583 \begin_layout Standard
36584 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36585 highlighted document part.
36588 \begin_layout Subsection
36593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36602 \begin_layout Standard
36603 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36606 \begin_layout Subsection
36611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36612 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36623 Reconfiguration of LyX
36627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36644 Reconfiguration of LyX
36652 \begin_layout Standard
36653 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36654 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36655 \begin_inset space ~
36659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36661 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36668 \begin_layout Subsection
36672 \begin_layout Standard
36673 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36674 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36680 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36687 \begin_layout Section
36692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36701 \begin_layout Standard
36702 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36706 \begin_layout Standard
36710 \begin_inset space ~
36715 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36716 found by LyX (see also section
36717 \begin_inset space ~
36721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36723 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36730 \begin_layout Section
36732 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36734 name "sec:Toolbars"
36741 \begin_layout Standard
36742 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36743 \begin_inset space ~
36747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36749 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36756 \begin_layout Standard
36757 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36758 This is described in the
36760 Additional Features
36765 \begin_layout Subsection
36770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36779 \begin_layout Standard
36780 \begin_inset Graphics
36781 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36789 \begin_layout Standard
36790 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36796 \begin_layout Standard
36797 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36814 \begin_inset Note Note
36817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36818 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36823 manual for more information.
36831 \begin_layout Standard
36832 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36838 \begin_layout Standard
36839 \begin_inset Tabular
36840 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36841 <features islongtable="true">
36842 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36843 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36849 \begin_inset Graphics
36850 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36864 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36877 \begin_layout Standard
36878 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36884 \begin_layout Standard
36886 \begin_inset Tabular
36887 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36888 <features islongtable="true">
36889 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36890 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36891 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36898 \begin_inset Graphics
36899 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36900 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36915 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36922 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36927 \begin_inset Graphics
36928 filename ../images/file-open.png
36929 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36944 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36951 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36956 \begin_inset Graphics
36957 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36958 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36973 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36980 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36985 \begin_inset Graphics
36986 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36987 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37002 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37009 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37014 \begin_inset Graphics
37015 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37016 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37031 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37038 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37043 \begin_inset Graphics
37044 filename ../images/undo.png
37045 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37060 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37067 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37072 \begin_inset Graphics
37073 filename ../images/redo.png
37074 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37089 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37096 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37101 \begin_inset Graphics
37102 filename ../images/cut.png
37103 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37118 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37125 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37130 \begin_inset Graphics
37131 filename ../images/copy.png
37132 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37147 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37154 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37159 \begin_inset Graphics
37160 filename ../images/paste.png
37161 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37176 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37183 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37188 \begin_inset Graphics
37189 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37190 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37191 rotateOrigin center
37200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37206 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37221 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 \begin_inset Graphics
37227 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37228 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37241 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37243 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37245 \begin_inset space ~
37256 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37261 \begin_inset Graphics
37262 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37263 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37276 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37278 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37280 \begin_inset space ~
37291 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37296 \begin_inset Graphics
37297 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37298 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37311 Formats text using the current settings in the
37313 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37315 \begin_inset space ~
37326 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37331 \begin_inset Graphics
37332 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37333 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37349 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37351 \begin_inset space ~
37360 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37365 \begin_inset Graphics
37366 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37367 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37368 rotateOrigin center
37377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37390 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37395 \begin_inset Graphics
37396 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37397 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37398 rotateOrigin center
37407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37413 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37420 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37425 \begin_inset Graphics
37426 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37427 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37428 rotateOrigin center
37437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37441 Toggle outline window on/off,
37443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37450 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37455 \begin_inset Graphics
37456 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37457 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37458 rotateOrigin center
37467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37471 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37477 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37482 \begin_inset Graphics
37483 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37484 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37485 rotateOrigin center
37494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37498 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37511 \begin_layout Subsection
37516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37525 \begin_layout Standard
37526 \begin_inset Graphics
37527 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37535 \begin_layout Standard
37536 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37542 \begin_layout Standard
37543 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37547 \begin_layout Standard
37548 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37554 \begin_layout Standard
37555 \begin_inset Tabular
37556 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37557 <features islongtable="true">
37558 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37559 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37560 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37565 \begin_inset Graphics
37566 filename ../images/layout.png
37567 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37568 rotateOrigin center
37577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37592 \begin_inset Graphics
37593 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37594 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37595 rotateOrigin center
37604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37614 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37619 \begin_inset Graphics
37620 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37621 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37622 rotateOrigin center
37631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37641 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37646 \begin_inset Graphics
37647 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37648 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37649 rotateOrigin center
37658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37668 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37673 \begin_inset Graphics
37674 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37675 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37676 rotateOrigin center
37685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37695 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37700 \begin_inset Graphics
37701 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37702 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37703 rotateOrigin center
37712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37718 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37720 \begin_inset space ~
37724 \begin_inset space ~
37733 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37738 \begin_inset Graphics
37739 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37740 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37741 rotateOrigin center
37750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37756 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37758 \begin_inset space ~
37762 \begin_inset space ~
37771 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37776 \begin_inset Graphics
37777 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37778 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37793 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37794 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37801 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37806 \begin_inset Graphics
37807 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37808 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37823 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37824 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37831 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37836 \begin_inset Graphics
37837 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37838 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37853 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37860 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37865 \begin_inset Graphics
37866 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37867 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37882 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37889 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37894 \begin_inset Graphics
37895 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37896 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37911 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37918 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37923 \begin_inset Graphics
37924 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37925 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37940 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37942 \begin_inset space ~
37951 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37956 \begin_inset Graphics
37957 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37958 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37973 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37975 \begin_inset space ~
37984 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37989 \begin_inset Graphics
37990 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37991 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38006 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38013 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38018 \begin_inset Graphics
38019 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38020 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38021 rotateOrigin center
38030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38036 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38038 \begin_inset space ~
38047 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38052 \begin_inset Graphics
38053 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38054 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38069 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38070 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38072 \begin_inset space ~
38081 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38086 \begin_inset Graphics
38087 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38088 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38103 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38110 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38115 \begin_inset Graphics
38116 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38117 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38132 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38139 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38144 \begin_inset Graphics
38145 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38146 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38161 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38183 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38188 \begin_inset Graphics
38189 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38190 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38205 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38206 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38213 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38218 \begin_inset Graphics
38219 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38220 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38235 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38236 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38238 \begin_inset space ~
38247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38252 \begin_inset Graphics
38253 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38255 rotateOrigin center
38264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38270 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38272 \begin_inset space ~
38281 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38286 \begin_inset Graphics
38287 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38288 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38289 rotateOrigin center
38298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38304 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38306 \begin_inset space ~
38315 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38320 \begin_inset Graphics
38321 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38322 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38323 rotateOrigin center
38332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38338 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38352 \begin_layout Subsection
38353 View / Update Toolbar
38357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38358 Toolbar ! View / Update
38366 \begin_layout Standard
38367 \begin_inset Graphics
38368 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38375 \begin_layout Standard
38376 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38382 \begin_layout Standard
38383 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38387 \begin_layout Standard
38388 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38394 \begin_layout Standard
38395 \begin_inset Tabular
38396 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38397 <features islongtable="true">
38398 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38399 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38400 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38405 \begin_inset Graphics
38406 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38407 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38408 rotateOrigin center
38417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38423 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38430 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38435 \begin_inset Graphics
38436 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38437 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38438 rotateOrigin center
38447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38453 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38454 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38461 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38466 \begin_inset Graphics
38467 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38468 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38469 rotateOrigin center
38478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38484 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38491 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38496 \begin_inset Graphics
38497 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38498 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38499 rotateOrigin center
38508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38514 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38515 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38522 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38527 \begin_inset Graphics
38528 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38529 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38530 rotateOrigin center
38539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38545 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38552 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38557 \begin_inset Graphics
38558 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38560 rotateOrigin center
38569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38575 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38576 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38590 \begin_layout Subsection
38594 \begin_layout Standard
38595 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38596 \begin_inset space ~
38600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38602 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38606 , the table toolbar
38610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38620 manual, the math macro toolbar in the
38627 \begin_layout Chapter
38628 The Document Settings
38629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38631 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38640 Document ! Settings
38648 \begin_layout Standard
38649 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38650 whole document and is called with the menu
38652 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38656 You can save your document settings as default with th
38658 e Save as Document Defaults
38660 button in the dialog.
38661 This will create a template name
38669 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38673 \begin_layout Standard
38674 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38677 \begin_layout Section
38681 \begin_layout Standard
38682 Here you set the document class, class options, a Postscript driver, and
38684 Document classes are described in section
38685 \begin_inset space ~
38689 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38691 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38696 Some classes use some class options by default.
38697 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38701 and you can decide to use them or not.
38702 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38703 recommended not to touch them.
38704 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
38709 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38710 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
38714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38715 When you want one of the following drivers
38716 \begin_inset Newline newline
38719 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38720 \begin_inset Newline newline
38723 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38728 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38730 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38742 \begin_layout Standard
38743 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38744 child or subdocument.
38745 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38746 without its master.
38747 This way child documents are always compileable.
38748 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38759 \begin_layout Section
38763 \begin_layout Standard
38764 Modules are explained in section
38765 \begin_inset space ~
38769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38771 reference "sub:Modules"
38778 \begin_layout Section
38782 \begin_layout Standard
38783 The document font settings are described in section
38784 \begin_inset space ~
38788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38790 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38797 \begin_layout Section
38801 \begin_layout Standard
38802 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38804 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38808 \begin_layout Standard
38809 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38810 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38811 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38814 \begin_layout Standard
38815 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38823 \begin_layout Section
38827 \begin_layout Standard
38828 A description of this menu is given in section
38829 \begin_inset space ~
38833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38835 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38842 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38849 \begin_layout Section
38853 \begin_layout Standard
38854 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38855 \begin_inset space ~
38859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38861 reference "sub:Margins"
38868 \begin_layout Section
38873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38874 Language ! Encoding
38882 \begin_layout Standard
38883 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38884 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38885 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38886 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38887 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38888 known for a particular character).
38892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38893 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38894 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38899 manual for details.
38907 \begin_layout Standard
38908 If you use the option
38912 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38913 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38914 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38915 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38916 exactly one encoding.
38917 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38926 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38927 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38929 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38930 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38944 \begin_layout Standard
38945 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38946 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38947 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38948 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38949 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38950 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38955 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38956 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38957 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38960 \begin_layout Standard
38961 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38964 \begin_layout Description
38966 \begin_inset space ~
38970 \begin_inset space ~
38974 \begin_inset space ~
38981 , but the LaTeX-package
38989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38990 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38996 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38997 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38998 languages in TeX code.
39001 \begin_layout Description
39002 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39003 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39004 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39007 \begin_layout Description
39009 \begin_inset space ~
39013 \begin_inset space ~
39016 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39019 \begin_layout Description
39021 \begin_inset space ~
39025 \begin_inset space ~
39028 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39031 \begin_layout Description
39033 \begin_inset space ~
39036 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39039 \begin_layout Description
39041 \begin_inset space ~
39045 \begin_inset space ~
39048 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39049 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39052 \begin_layout Description
39054 \begin_inset space ~
39058 \begin_inset space ~
39061 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39065 \begin_layout Description
39067 \begin_inset space ~
39071 \begin_inset space ~
39074 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39075 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39078 \begin_layout Description
39080 \begin_inset space ~
39084 \begin_inset space ~
39088 \begin_inset space ~
39091 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39092 \begin_inset space ~
39098 \begin_layout Description
39100 \begin_inset space ~
39104 \begin_inset space ~
39108 \begin_inset space ~
39111 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39112 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39115 \begin_layout Description
39117 \begin_inset space ~
39121 \begin_inset space ~
39124 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39125 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39126 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39127 \begin_inset space ~
39131 \begin_inset space ~
39137 \begin_layout Description
39139 \begin_inset space ~
39143 \begin_inset space ~
39146 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39147 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39148 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39149 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39150 \begin_inset space ~
39154 \begin_inset space ~
39160 \begin_layout Description
39162 \begin_inset space ~
39166 \begin_inset space ~
39169 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39172 \begin_layout Description
39174 \begin_inset space ~
39178 \begin_inset space ~
39181 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39184 \begin_layout Description
39186 \begin_inset space ~
39190 \begin_inset space ~
39193 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39196 \begin_layout Description
39198 \begin_inset space ~
39201 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39204 \begin_layout Description
39206 \begin_inset space ~
39209 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39212 \begin_layout Description
39214 \begin_inset space ~
39218 \begin_inset space ~
39221 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39224 \begin_layout Description
39226 \begin_inset space ~
39230 \begin_inset space ~
39236 \begin_layout Description
39238 \begin_inset space ~
39242 \begin_inset space ~
39245 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39248 \begin_layout Description
39250 \begin_inset space ~
39254 \begin_inset space ~
39260 \begin_layout Description
39262 \begin_inset space ~
39266 \begin_inset space ~
39269 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39278 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39283 , when using this, set the document language to
39288 \begin_layout Description
39290 \begin_inset space ~
39294 \begin_inset space ~
39297 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39301 , when using this, set the document language to
39306 \begin_layout Description
39308 \begin_inset space ~
39312 \begin_inset space ~
39315 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39324 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39329 , when using this, set the document language to
39334 \begin_layout Description
39336 \begin_inset space ~
39340 \begin_inset space ~
39343 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39347 , when using this, set the document language to
39352 \begin_layout Description
39354 \begin_inset space ~
39358 \begin_inset space ~
39361 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39365 , when using this, set the document language to
39370 \begin_layout Description
39372 \begin_inset space ~
39375 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39378 \begin_layout Description
39380 \begin_inset space ~
39384 \begin_inset space ~
39388 \begin_inset space ~
39391 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39394 \begin_layout Description
39396 \begin_inset space ~
39400 \begin_inset space ~
39404 \begin_inset space ~
39407 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39408 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39409 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39412 \begin_layout Description
39414 \begin_inset space ~
39418 \begin_inset space ~
39424 \begin_layout Description
39426 \begin_inset space ~
39430 \begin_inset space ~
39433 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39434 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39437 \begin_layout Description
39439 \begin_inset space ~
39443 \begin_inset space ~
39446 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39455 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39460 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39463 \begin_layout Description
39465 \begin_inset space ~
39469 \begin_inset space ~
39472 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39476 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39485 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39486 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39500 \begin_layout Description
39502 \begin_inset space ~
39506 \begin_inset space ~
39509 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39518 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39523 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39526 \begin_layout Description
39528 \begin_inset space ~
39531 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39540 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39546 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39550 \begin_layout Description
39552 \begin_inset space ~
39556 \begin_inset space ~
39560 \begin_inset space ~
39563 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39564 \begin_inset space ~
39570 \begin_layout Description
39572 \begin_inset space ~
39576 \begin_inset space ~
39580 \begin_inset space ~
39583 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39584 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39585 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39589 \begin_layout Description
39591 \begin_inset space ~
39595 \begin_inset space ~
39599 \begin_inset space ~
39602 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39603 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39606 \begin_layout Section
39610 \begin_layout Standard
39611 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39613 \begin_inset space ~
39617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39619 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39626 \begin_layout Section
39630 \begin_layout Standard
39631 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39640 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39654 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39660 For a further description see section
39661 \begin_inset space ~
39665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39667 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39674 \begin_layout Section
39678 \begin_layout Standard
39679 The PDF properties are explained in section
39680 \begin_inset space ~
39684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39686 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39693 \begin_layout Section
39697 \begin_layout Standard
39698 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39707 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39721 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39726 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39729 \begin_layout Standard
39734 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39735 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39738 \begin_layout Standard
39743 is used for special integral characters.
39746 \begin_layout Section
39750 \begin_layout Standard
39751 The float placement options are described in section
39752 \begin_inset space ~
39756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39758 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39765 \begin_layout Section
39769 \begin_layout Standard
39770 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39771 The itemize environment is described in section
39772 \begin_inset space ~
39776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39778 reference "sec:Itemize"
39785 \begin_layout Section
39789 \begin_layout Standard
39790 Branches are described in section
39791 \begin_inset space ~
39795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39797 reference "sec:Branches"
39804 \begin_layout Section
39809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39819 \begin_layout Standard
39820 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39821 to define LaTeX-commands.
39822 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39823 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39827 \begin_layout Standard
39828 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39829 \begin_inset space ~
39833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39835 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39842 \begin_layout Chapter
39848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39850 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39867 \begin_layout Standard
39868 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39870 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39874 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39877 \begin_layout Section
39881 \begin_layout Subsection
39885 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39886 User Interface File
39890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39891 Customization ! of toolbars
39900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39901 Customization ! of menus
39909 \begin_layout Standard
39910 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39918 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39927 \begin_layout Standard
39928 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39929 interface (ui) file.
39930 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39931 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39940 Both files are loaded by the
39945 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39946 files and edit the entries.
39949 \begin_layout Standard
39950 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39962 entries must be ended with an explicit
39987 and in the case of the
39988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40000 The syntax for the entries is:
40003 \begin_layout Standard
40004 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40032 \begin_layout Standard
40034 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40037 All LyX-functions are listed in
40038 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40047 \begin_layout Standard
40048 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40054 \begin_layout Standard
40055 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40057 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40060 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40064 \begin_layout Standard
40065 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40070 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
40073 \begin_layout Standard
40075 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40078 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40081 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40085 \begin_layout Standard
40088 Enable tool tips in main work area
40090 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40094 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40098 \begin_layout Standard
40102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40106 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40109 restoring of window layout and geometries
40111 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40112 in the last LyX session.
40115 \begin_layout Standard
40118 Restore cursor positions
40120 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40124 \begin_layout Standard
40127 Load opened files from last session
40129 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40132 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40136 name "sub:Backup documents"
40144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40153 \begin_layout Standard
40158 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40161 \begin_layout Standard
40166 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40169 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40171 \begin_inset space ~
40179 \begin_layout Standard
40182 Open documents in tabs
40184 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40188 \begin_layout Subsection
40193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40202 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40209 \begin_layout Standard
40210 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40213 \begin_layout Standard
40214 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40222 This section only deals with the fonts
40227 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40230 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40231 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40242 \begin_layout Standard
40243 By default, LyX uses
40247 as roman (serif) font,
40255 (depends on the system) as
40258 \begin_inset space ~
40274 \begin_layout Standard
40275 You can change the font size with the
40280 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40281 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40284 \begin_layout Standard
40289 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40290 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40295 points have the size of 1
40296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40300 \begin_inset space ~
40304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40306 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40313 \begin_layout Standard
40318 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40319 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40323 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40324 \begin_inset space ~
40328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40330 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40337 \begin_layout Standard
40340 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40342 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40343 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40344 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40345 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40347 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40348 \begin_inset space ~
40354 \begin_layout Subsection
40359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40378 \begin_layout Standard
40379 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40380 Choose an item in the list and use the
40387 \begin_layout Subsection
40392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40393 Settings ! Graphics
40401 \begin_layout Standard
40402 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40405 \begin_layout Standard
40410 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40411 This feature is described in section
40412 \begin_inset space ~
40416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40418 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40425 \begin_layout Section
40430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40439 \begin_layout Subsection
40443 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40447 \begin_layout Standard
40450 Cursor follows scrollbar
40452 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40456 \begin_layout Standard
40459 Sort environments alphabetically
40461 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40464 \begin_layout Standard
40467 Group environments by their category
40469 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40472 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40476 \begin_layout Standard
40477 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40482 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40483 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40487 \begin_layout Subsection
40492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40503 Settings ! Shortcuts
40511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40515 \begin_layout Standard
40516 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40517 Several binding files are available:
40520 \begin_layout Description
40521 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40524 \begin_layout Description
40525 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40536 \begin_layout Description
40537 mac.bind set of bindings for
40540 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40548 \begin_layout Standard
40549 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40553 , and bind files for special languages.
40554 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40559 \begin_inset space \space{}
40563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40571 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40575 \begin_layout Standard
40576 Some bind-files, like
40580 , have only a small scope.
40581 When looking at the the end of the file
40585 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40588 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40590 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40592 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40601 Key Bindings ! Editing
40609 \begin_layout Standard
40610 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40611 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40612 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40615 Show key-bindings containing
40618 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40619 Insert there for example as keyword
40620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40627 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40637 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40638 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40642 that you find in the
40649 \begin_layout Standard
40651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40655 \begin_inset space \space{}
40666 , select the function and press the
40671 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40672 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40673 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40674 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40675 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40677 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40679 The binding for the function
40683 is an example for this.
40686 \begin_layout Standard
40687 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40689 The syntax of the entries is:
40692 \begin_layout Standard
40698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40716 \begin_layout Subsection
40718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40728 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40747 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40755 \begin_layout Standard
40756 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40757 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40763 \begin_inset space \space{}
40766 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40767 can use the keyboard map file named
40774 \begin_layout Standard
40775 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40783 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40791 \begin_layout Standard
40792 Besides this, you can specify here the
40794 Wheel scrolling speed
40797 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40801 \begin_layout Subsection
40803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40805 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40822 \begin_layout Standard
40823 Input completion is described in sec.
40824 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40830 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40835 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40837 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40838 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40842 \begin_layout Section
40847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40866 \begin_layout Description
40868 \begin_inset space ~
40871 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40872 It is the default when you
40883 \begin_inset space ~
40891 \begin_layout Description
40893 \begin_inset space ~
40896 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40898 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40900 \begin_inset space ~
40904 \begin_inset space ~
40912 \begin_layout Description
40914 \begin_inset space ~
40921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40927 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40928 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40929 \begin_inset space ~
40933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40935 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40943 will be used to save the backups.
40944 \begin_inset Newline newline
40947 The backup files have the ending
40948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40958 \begin_layout Description
40963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40970 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40971 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40972 \begin_inset Newline newline
40976 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40984 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40992 \begin_layout Description
40994 \begin_inset space ~
40997 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41000 \begin_layout Description
41002 \begin_inset space ~
41005 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41006 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41007 to find it on the system.
41008 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
41009 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41015 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41018 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41019 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41023 \begin_layout Section
41027 \begin_layout Standard
41028 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41029 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41031 \begin_inset space ~
41035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41037 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41041 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41044 \begin_layout Section
41049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41050 Language ! Settings
41059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41060 Settings ! Language
41068 \begin_layout Subsection
41072 \begin_layout Description
41074 \begin_inset space ~
41077 language is the language used in new documents
41080 \begin_layout Description
41082 \begin_inset space ~
41085 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41087 The default is the LaTeX-command
41093 that loads the package
41101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41102 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41103 \begin_inset space ~
41107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41109 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41119 \begin_inset Newline newline
41126 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
41127 the document language.
41128 A text label is for instance the word
41129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41136 at the beginning of every table-caption.
41139 \begin_layout Description
41141 \begin_inset space ~
41144 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41145 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41146 An example is the start command
41152 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41157 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41172 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41177 \begin_layout Description
41179 \begin_inset space ~
41187 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41188 command toggles the package on and off.
41191 \begin_layout Description
41193 \begin_inset space ~
41203 \begin_layout Description
41204 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41205 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41206 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41207 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41214 \begin_layout Description
41216 \begin_inset space ~
41219 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41221 When this option is not set, the
41224 \begin_inset space ~
41229 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41230 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41233 \begin_inset space ~
41241 \begin_layout Description
41243 \begin_inset space ~
41249 \begin_inset space ~
41255 When it is not set, the
41258 \begin_inset space ~
41263 is set to the end of the document.
41266 \begin_layout Description
41268 \begin_inset space ~
41272 \begin_inset space ~
41275 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41276 language will be underlined blue.
41279 \begin_layout Description
41281 \begin_inset space ~
41285 \begin_inset space ~
41289 \begin_inset space ~
41293 \begin_inset space ~
41296 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
41300 \begin_layout Subsection
41304 \begin_layout Standard
41305 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41306 \begin_inset space ~
41310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41312 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41319 \begin_layout Section
41323 \begin_layout Subsection
41325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41354 \begin_layout Description
41356 \begin_inset space ~
41359 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41360 The name will be used when the
41365 \begin_inset Newline newline
41369 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41377 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41386 \begin_layout Description
41388 \begin_inset space ~
41392 \begin_inset space ~
41396 \begin_inset space ~
41399 printer This option works only for the
41404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41416 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41417 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41420 \begin_layout Description
41422 \begin_inset space ~
41425 command is the command LyX
41426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41433 LaTeX uses for printing.
41434 The default is on most systems
41441 \begin_layout Description
41443 \begin_inset space ~
41447 \begin_inset space ~
41450 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41451 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41452 of the program that provides the
41459 \begin_layout Subsection
41464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41475 Settings ! Date format
41483 \begin_layout Standard
41484 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41485 \begin_inset Newline newline
41489 \begin_inset Flex URL
41492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41494 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41500 \begin_inset Newline newline
41503 For example the format
41504 \begin_inset Newline newline
41508 \begin_inset Newline newline
41511 prints the date as day/month/year.
41514 \begin_layout Subsection
41518 \begin_layout Description
41520 \begin_inset space ~
41524 \begin_inset space ~
41527 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41530 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41531 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41533 \begin_inset space ~
41539 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41543 \begin_layout Description
41545 \begin_inset space ~
41548 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41553 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41554 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41557 \begin_layout Subsection
41562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41572 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41589 \begin_layout Description
41594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41602 \begin_inset space ~
41605 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41610 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41632 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41645 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41646 LyX sets up in the background.
41647 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41650 \begin_layout Description
41652 \begin_inset space ~
41656 \begin_inset space ~
41659 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41664 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41667 \begin_layout Description
41669 \begin_inset space ~
41673 \begin_inset space ~
41677 \begin_inset space ~
41681 \begin_inset space ~
41685 \begin_inset space ~
41689 \begin_inset space ~
41692 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41694 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41697 dialog when changing the document class.
41700 \begin_layout Standard
41703 External Applications
41705 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41706 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
41707 manuals of the applications.
41708 Currently the following commands can be set:
41711 \begin_layout Description
41716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41724 \begin_inset space ~
41727 command Command for the program
41731 that is described in section
41737 Additional Features
41742 \begin_layout Description
41747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41755 \begin_inset space ~
41758 command Command for the program
41762 that generates the bibliography, see section
41763 \begin_inset space ~
41767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41769 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41776 \begin_layout Description
41778 \begin_inset space ~
41781 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41782 \begin_inset space ~
41786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41788 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41795 \begin_layout Description
41797 \begin_inset space ~
41801 \begin_inset space ~
41805 \begin_inset space ~
41809 \begin_inset space ~
41812 options They only have an effect when the program
41816 is used as DVI-viewer.
41819 \begin_layout Subsection
41824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41843 \begin_layout Standard
41848 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
41851 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
41853 uses the Windows path style:
41856 \begin_layout Standard
41864 \begin_layout Standard
41865 instead of the Unix path style:
41868 \begin_layout Standard
41872 \begin_layout Section
41877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41886 \begin_layout Standard
41887 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41888 from one format to another.
41889 You can modify them or create new ones.
41890 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41897 \begin_inset space ~
41907 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41911 \begin_inset space ~
41916 drop-down list, modify the
41920 field, and press the
41927 \begin_layout Standard
41930 Converter File Cache
41932 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41935 Maximum Age (in days
41938 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41939 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41942 \begin_layout Standard
41943 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41944 the converter definition, is described in section
41955 \begin_layout Section
41960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41969 name "sec:File-Formats"
41976 \begin_layout Standard
41977 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41978 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41980 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
41988 \begin_inset space ~
42000 \begin_layout Standard
42001 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42002 is described in section
42013 \begin_layout Section
42018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42027 \begin_layout Standard
42028 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
42029 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42030 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42031 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42032 This is done by a Copier.
42035 \begin_layout Standard
42036 More about converters is described in section
42047 \begin_layout Chapter
42048 Units available in LyX
42052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42061 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42068 \begin_layout Standard
42069 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42072 reference "cap:Units"
42076 explains all units available in LyX.
42079 \begin_layout Standard
42080 \begin_inset Float table
42086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42087 \begin_inset Caption
42089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42090 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42105 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42113 \begin_inset Tabular
42114 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42116 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42117 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42245 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42268 scaled point (65536
42269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42273 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42297 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42301 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42329 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42333 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42384 % of original image width
42391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42598 \begin_layout Chapter
42600 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42609 \begin_layout Standard
42610 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42611 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42614 \begin_layout Itemize
42617 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42620 \begin_layout Itemize
42626 \begin_layout Itemize
42632 \begin_layout Itemize
42638 \begin_layout Itemize
42644 \begin_layout Itemize
42650 \begin_layout Itemize
42656 \begin_layout Itemize
42662 \begin_layout Itemize
42665 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42668 \begin_layout Itemize
42674 \begin_layout Itemize
42680 \begin_layout Itemize
42686 \begin_layout Itemize
42692 \begin_layout Itemize
42698 \begin_layout Itemize
42704 \begin_layout Itemize
42710 \begin_layout Itemize
42716 \begin_layout Itemize
42718 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42727 \begin_layout Standard
42728 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42731 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42738 \begin_layout Bibliography
42739 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42740 LatexCommand bibitem
42747 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42750 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42755 \begin_inset Newline newline
42759 \begin_inset Flex URL
42762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42764 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42772 \begin_layout Bibliography
42773 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42774 LatexCommand bibitem
42775 key "latexcompanion"
42779 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42781 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42784 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42787 \begin_layout Bibliography
42788 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42789 LatexCommand bibitem
42794 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42797 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42800 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42803 \begin_layout Bibliography
42804 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42805 LatexCommand bibitem
42812 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42815 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42818 \begin_layout Bibliography
42819 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42820 LatexCommand bibitem
42832 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42835 \begin_layout Bibliography
42836 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42837 LatexCommand bibitem
42843 \begin_inset Newline newline
42847 \begin_inset Flex URL
42850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42852 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42860 \begin_layout Bibliography
42861 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42862 LatexCommand bibitem
42868 \begin_inset Newline newline
42872 \begin_inset Flex URL
42875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42877 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42885 \begin_layout Bibliography
42886 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42887 LatexCommand bibitem
42893 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42895 name "Documentation"
42896 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42905 \begin_inset Newline newline
42909 \begin_inset Flex URL
42912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42914 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42922 \begin_layout Bibliography
42923 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42924 LatexCommand bibitem
42930 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42932 name "Documentation"
42933 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42942 \begin_inset Newline newline
42946 \begin_inset Flex URL
42949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42951 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42959 \begin_layout Bibliography
42960 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42961 LatexCommand bibitem
42967 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42969 name "Documentation"
42970 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42979 \begin_inset Newline newline
42983 \begin_inset Flex URL
42986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42988 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42996 \begin_layout Bibliography
42997 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42998 LatexCommand bibitem
43004 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43006 name "Documentation"
43007 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43011 of the LaTeX-package
43019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43020 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43026 \begin_inset Newline newline
43030 \begin_inset Flex URL
43033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43035 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43043 \begin_layout Bibliography
43044 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43045 LatexCommand bibitem
43051 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43053 name "Documentation"
43054 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43058 of the LaTeX-package
43066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43067 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43073 \begin_inset Newline newline
43077 \begin_inset Flex URL
43080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43082 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43090 \begin_layout Bibliography
43091 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43092 LatexCommand bibitem
43100 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43102 name "Documentation"
43103 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43109 of the LaTeX-package
43117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43118 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43124 \begin_inset Newline newline
43128 \begin_inset Flex URL
43131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43133 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43141 \begin_layout Bibliography
43142 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43143 LatexCommand bibitem
43149 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43151 name "Documentation"
43152 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43156 of the LaTeX-package
43164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43165 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43171 \begin_inset Newline newline
43175 \begin_inset Flex URL
43178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43180 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43188 \begin_layout Bibliography
43189 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43190 LatexCommand bibitem
43196 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43198 name "Documentation"
43199 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43203 of the LaTeX-package
43211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43212 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43218 \begin_inset Newline newline
43222 \begin_inset Flex URL
43225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43227 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43235 \begin_layout Bibliography
43236 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43237 LatexCommand bibitem
43243 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43245 name "Documentation"
43246 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43250 of the LaTeX-package
43258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43259 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43265 \begin_inset Newline newline
43269 \begin_inset Flex URL
43272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43274 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43282 \begin_layout Bibliography
43283 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43284 LatexCommand bibitem
43290 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43293 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43297 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43298 \begin_inset Newline newline
43302 \begin_inset Flex URL
43305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43307 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43315 \begin_layout Bibliography
43316 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43317 LatexCommand bibitem
43323 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43326 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43330 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43331 \begin_inset Newline newline
43335 \begin_inset Flex URL
43338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43340 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43348 \begin_layout Bibliography
43349 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43350 LatexCommand bibitem
43356 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43359 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43363 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43364 \begin_inset Newline newline
43368 \begin_inset Flex URL
43371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43373 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43381 \begin_layout Bibliography
43382 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43383 LatexCommand bibitem
43389 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43392 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43396 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43397 \begin_inset Newline newline
43401 \begin_inset Flex URL
43404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43406 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43414 \begin_layout Bibliography
43415 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43416 LatexCommand bibitem
43422 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43425 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43429 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43430 \begin_inset Newline newline
43434 \begin_inset Flex URL
43437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43439 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43447 \begin_layout Bibliography
43448 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43449 LatexCommand bibitem
43455 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43458 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43462 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43463 \begin_inset Newline newline
43467 \begin_inset Flex URL
43470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43472 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43480 \begin_layout Bibliography
43481 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43482 LatexCommand bibitem
43488 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43491 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43495 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43496 \begin_inset Newline newline
43500 \begin_inset Flex URL
43503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43505 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43513 \begin_layout Bibliography
43514 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43515 LatexCommand bibitem
43521 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43524 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43528 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43529 \begin_inset Newline newline
43533 \begin_inset Flex URL
43536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43538 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43546 \begin_layout Bibliography
43547 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43548 LatexCommand bibitem
43554 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43557 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43561 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43562 \begin_inset Newline newline
43566 \begin_inset Flex URL
43569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43571 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43579 \begin_layout Bibliography
43580 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43581 LatexCommand bibitem
43587 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43590 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43594 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43595 \begin_inset Newline newline
43599 \begin_inset Flex URL
43602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43604 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43612 \begin_layout Bibliography
43613 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43614 LatexCommand bibitem
43620 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43623 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43627 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43628 \begin_inset Newline newline
43632 \begin_inset Flex URL
43635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43637 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43645 \begin_layout Bibliography
43646 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43647 LatexCommand bibitem
43653 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43656 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43660 about new features in
43665 \begin_inset Newline newline
43669 \begin_inset Flex URL
43672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43674 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43682 \begin_layout Standard
43683 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43717 \begin_inset Note Note
43720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43727 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43728 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43729 bibliography is the second one:
43737 \begin_layout Standard
43738 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43739 LatexCommand bibtex
43740 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43741 options "biblio/alphadin"
43748 \begin_layout Standard
43749 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43752 \begin_layout Standard
43755 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43756 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43761 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43762 LatexCommand printindex